Manual PDS
Manual PDS
Reference Guide
Intergraph Online
Our web site brings you fast, convenient, up-to-the-minute information about Intergraph’s
products, services, and direction. Our web address is: http://www.intergraph.com.
Support
For the lasest Support Services information, use a World Wide Web browser to connect to
http://www.intergraph.com/ppo/services/support.asp.
If you are outside of the United States, please call your local Intergraph office. The most up-
to-date list of international offices and distributors is available on the web at
http://www.intergraph.com.
Intergraph Directory
The following numbers are only valid in the United States unless otherwise indicated. If you
are outside the United States, please call your local Intergraph office.
Training Registration
1-800-766-7701 (U.S. Only)
Mailing Address
Intergraph Process, Power & Offshore
300 Intergraph Way
Madison, Alabama 35758
U.S.A.
3
________________
Documentation Contacts
We are constantly working on updates and improvements to the documents and other
educational media. If you have any suggestions on where we can improve the documentation
or where you think more information is needed, let us know. You can reach us by:
4
________________ Table of Contents
Table of Contents
If You Need Assistance ........................................................................................................ 3
Intergraph Directory ............................................................................................................. 3
Preface ................................................................................................................................................. 15
1. Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 21
5
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
B.2.1 Fire and Safety Piping Components, On-line (6P4C), In-line (6Q4C) ......................... 146
Green Connect Point Data Only, GCP=Male ............................................................................ 146
Green Connect Point Data Only, GCP≠Male ............................................................................ 147
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP≠Male, RCP=Male ................................................... 147
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP≠Male, RCP≠Male ................................................... 148
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male ................................................... 149
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP≠Male ................................................... 150
B.4 Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C) .............................................. 174
B.5 Instrument Specialty Discussions .............................................................................................. 186
6
________________ Table of Contents
7
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
8
________________ Table of Contents
9
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
10
________________ Table of Contents
11
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
12
________________ Table of Contents
13
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
14
________________ Preface
Preface
Document Purpose
This document describes the philosophy behind the reference data delivered with PDS. It describes the data
requirements used to define piping components, instruments, and specialty items.
This document is provided under the terms of your Software License Agreement with Intergraph
Corporation. This documentation is proprietary to Intergraph and its use, duplication, and disclosure
are restricted.
Related Documents/Products
For more information on related aspects of the PDS products, consult the following documents:
15
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
16
________________ Preface
General Conventions
This document contains many visual cues to help you understand the meaning of certain
words or phrases. The use of different fonts for different types of information allows you to
scan the document for key concepts or commands. Symbols help abbreviate and identify
commonly used words, phrases, or groups of related information.
Typefaces
Italic Indicates a system response, which is an explanation of what the software is
doing. For example,
Bold Indicates a command name, parameter name, or dialog box title. Command
paths are shown using an arrow between command names. For example,
Sans serif Indicates a system prompt or message, which requires an action be taken by
the user. For example,
Bold Typewriter
Indicates what you should literally type in. For example,
Normal Typewriter
Indicates an actual file or directory name. For example,
17
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Symbols
This document uses the following symbols to represent mouse buttons and to identify special
information:
Warning — Critical information that could cause the loss of data if not followed.
Need a hint — used with activities and labs, provides a tip or hint for doing the
exercises.
Keyboard Conventions
The following list outlines the abbreviations this document uses for keyboard keys and
describes how to use them in combination. You can make some menu selections through the
use of keyboard accelerators, which map menu selections to key combinations.
18
________________ Preface
Terminology
Click To use a mouse or key combination to pick an item that begins an
action. For example,
Select the file original.dat from the list box, then click Delete to
remove it from the directory.
Drag To press and hold the data button (<D>) while moving the mouse or
hand-held cursor.
Key in To type in data and press ENTER to enter the data and execute the
default action.
19
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
20
________________ Introduction
1. Introduction
1. Introduction
This document explains the basis used in developing the Reference Data required for the execution of the Piping
Task.
Section 1 Introduction
Appendix F Codelists
Refer to the Reference Data Manager (PD_Data) Reference Guide for information on the following aspects of
the delivered reference data.
21
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Piping Job Specification - This section describes the various tables required to define the Piping Job
Specification.
Graphic Commodity Data - This section describes the graphic commodity data used in placing
components.
Material Description Data - This section describes the basis for alphanumeric descriptions of
components used by the Piping Task.
22
________________ Reference Data File Descriptions
1. Introduction
The files containing the piping reference data are delivered with the PDS product. Practice independent data is
delivered with PD_Shell in the directory c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib. Practice dependent data is delivered
with RDUSRDB in the directory c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\spec_data\
This directory contains neutral files in the format required for definition. It includes definitions made in
the tables listed below:
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\
This is the database definition for the applicable database. The relational database holds the information
that constitutes the Piping Job Specification. The following database tables form this database.
23
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l.t
This library file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes definitions
made in the tables listed below:
Commodity_Item_Name Table
Bend_Deflection Table
Pipe Run Length Table
Pipe Length Table
Gasket_Cmdty_Code_Gkt Table
Bolt_Length Table
Bolt_Cmdty_Code_Blt Table
Weld_Type Table
Field_Fit_Length Table
Default_End_Prep Table
Temperature-Pressure Tables
Diameters Tables
Thicknesses Tables
Materials Tables
Branches Tables
Gasket Gaps Tables
Fluid Code Tables
MTO Tables and Functions
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It includes data from all
the sources listed in the description of the c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l file.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\std_note.l.t
This file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes all the codelist sets
used in the Piping Task.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\std_note.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task.
24
________________ Non-Database Part of Item Descriptions
1. Introduction
The files involved and a short description are given below. Refer to the description of the Material Description
Library and Label Description Library in the Reference Data Manager (PD_Data) Reference Guide for detailed
explanations.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_shbom.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It includes:
— The short descriptions for piping commodities, including those for implied components, as a function
of the commodity codes assigned to them in the piping materials classes.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_lgbom.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It provides the long
descriptions for piping commodities, including those for implied components, as a function of the
commodity codes assigned to them in the Piping Materials Classes.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\labels.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It provides the label
definitions required for the execution of the Piping Task, including the preparation of orthographic and
isometric drawings.
25
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pcdim.l.t
This file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes all the tables required
to provide dimensions, surface area and weight data to the Piping Task during interactive execution of the
task. In addition to generic data, it includes specific data about:
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pcdim.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It includes data from all
the sources listed in the description of c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pcdim.l.t.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\assembly.l.t
This file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes the definitions of all
assemblies available for use with the task.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\assembly.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It includes data from all
the assemblies included in c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\assembly.l.t.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\ddl\design.ddl
This is the database definition of the relational database for the Design portion of the Piping Task.
26
________________ Model Graphics
1. Introduction
Piping Job Specification c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\spec_data\*
Alphanumeric Commodity Data c:\win32app\ingr\pddata\sample\data\pcd_size.data
Piping Job Specification Tables c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l
Notes c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\std_note.l
Item Descriptions
Piping Commodities Short Descriptions c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_shbom.l
Piping Commodities Long Descriptions c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_lgbom.l
Piping Specialties, Pipe Supports and c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_spbom.l
Instrument Descriptions
Labels c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\labels.l
Miscellaneous
Color Table c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\color\*
Model Seed File c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\seedz\*sdz.dgn
Report Formats c:\win32app\ingr\pdreport\sample\*.fmt
c:\win32app\ingr\pddata\sample\format\*.fmt
c:\win32app\ingr\pdprojec\sample\*.fmt
c:\win32app\ingr\pdclash\sample\*.fmt
27
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
28
________________ Appendix A: General Conventions
Any number of comments may be included in a table, using the convention described below:
— Blank lines are allowed without limits. No special character is required to define their presence.
Conventions
A. General
— Any number of lines with comments may be included. Each comment line must be preceded by an
"!". Comments are disregarded by the system.
The following comments are specific to the Piping Job Specification Table, to the Piping Commodities
Table and to the Taps Table:
— Columns in the table may be separated by either single or double spaces. The following comments
apply:
Single_Spacing
Double_Spacing
An order line will define the contents of each column in the table. This will be done by identifying the
attribute number from the applicable entity and DDL covered by each column. Attributes that are not
included in the table will be defined by preceding them with an "*". An example is:
Order= 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 *3 *4
The spacing between the entries in the above order statement must be either single or double depending
upon whether the single or double format applies to the table. This includes the space between "=" and
the first number in the statement.
Units will be defined for each column of a table as the applicable of the codes shown below. The
indicated upper/lower case convention should be respected.
- Angle, degrees..............................DEG
29
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
- Codelisted attributes.......................INT
- Length, inches..............................IN
- Pressure, psig..............................PSIG
- Schedule/thickness, inches..................SC_TH_IN
- Stress, psi.................................PSI
- Unitless integer............................INT
- Weight, pounds..............................LB
Field locations and field lengths defined with XXXXs, WWWWs and ZZZZZs in this document will be
observed.
Fractions will not be used in defining any table value. They will be expressed in their decimal
equivalents.
If a value in a table is not known, a "-" must be used in the corresponding field. The system will interpret
this entry to represent a blank value and such will be displayed in reports, drawings and other such
formal data outputs to the User. The dash shall not be enclosed in quote marks, even if the field is for an
alphanumeric value.
30
________________ Appendix A: General Conventions
Real numbers without decimals may be expressed with or without a decimal point. For example, a
nominal diameter of twenty inches may be expressed as "20", or "20." or "20.0". For the sake of
consistency, all tables will show the value as "20".
All alphanumeric values in a table must be enclosed in single quotes; for example, ’ZZZZZZZ’.
For tables with only one input column, the generic value ET_AL may be used in the input column. The
system will understand such entry to indicate that values in the line just prior to that for ET_AL will apply
to any input value equal to or greater than the value in that line.
The following conventions will apply to the definition of columns in a table with a table format other than
P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*, where * refers to any applicable alphanumeric character:
Conventions
A. General
— A definition must be made using the format described below regarding the number of input and output
columns involved:
No Inputs X No Outputs X
The number of input columns must not exceed 2. The number of output columns must not exceed 9;
it may be 0.
— A definition must be made using the format described below regarding the units of measure used in
each column.
Units= NPD IN, SF, LB, INT, DEC, IN, RAT, IN, IN, IN
The following conventions will apply to the definition of data in a table with table format P8*, P9*, I8* or
I9*:
— A definition does not need to be made regarding the number of input and output columns involved.
The number of input fields must not exceed 2. The number of output fields is up to parameter P34 for
component data and up to parameter Y27 for actuator data. A blank line following a component will
signify that the definition of the component has been completed and that a new component will
follow. The word "END" following a component will signify the end to the table.
— Each parameter in these tables must have the applicable units of measure defined, using the format
"Pii-Z" or "Yii-Z", where:
-A=AN*20
-D=AN*1
-E=INT
-G=NPD IN
-H=NPD MM
-J=SF
-L=LB
-N=IN
-P=DEG
The following conventions apply to the attribute "rating" with respect to the naming of data tables:
— The Piping Job Specification may express alphanumeric ratings in at least the following formats:
CLXXXX, XXXX# or OTXXXX. The entry in the table and the file names representing the attribute
"rating", however, will exclude characters such as "CL", "#" and "OT" so that the same table may be
31
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
used regardless of how rating was defined in the Piping Job Specification. The above rating formats
have been used in accordance with the following criteria:
– OTXXXX to refer to the rating of a connect point that meets the applicable ANSI or API rating
geometrically but not from a pressure carrying standpoint. An example of the above is a valve
supplied with flanged ends meeting the bolting pattern of ANSI CL150 pressure rating but having
pressure carrying characteristics different from those of that ANSI rating.
— Female ends for plastic pipe are usually defined in terms of "schedule/thickness" and not in terms of
"rating" as is common with female ends for most other components. To make female ends for plastic
pipe follow the rules for other female ends, the applicable "schedule/thickness" will be used as the
value for "rating" for these components. If such rating values consist of alphanumeric characters
(including dashes), the system will "strip" all such characters from the rating value in the Piping Job
Specification and will only use the numeric values in accessing the applicable tables. If such rating
values include decimal points, the decimal points will be converted to the character "$" in accessing
the applicable tables.
— If the rating in the Piping Job Specification is expressed in terms of alphabetic characters only, the
system will use all such characters in accessing the data tables. The names of the data tables will
include all the alphabetic characters included in the Piping Job Specification.
– Another acceptable value for rating is "GRAVHD". This value may be used in the Piping Job
Specification and in the data tables for components rated to sustain a nominal fluid head.
– One acceptable value for rating is "NONE". This value may be used in the Piping Job
Specification and in the data tables for components whose ends would normally require the use of
the attribute rating as part of the table name but that for some specific reason, a rating does not
apply.
— Left blank if the User wishes schedule/thickness to be determined from the applicable piping materials
class; or
— Defined by data transfer from the P&ID Task. A value from the P&ID Task will only be transferred
to this attribute if the piping thickness flag in the P&ID segment has a value " U"; in such case, the
value from the P&ID segment schedule/thickness will be transferred to the Piping Task override
schedule/thickness. Otherwise, the value of the override schedule/thickness in the Piping Task will be
left blank.
32
________________ Appendix A: General Conventions
If the Piping Task software finds a non-blank value for the override schedule/thickness, such value
will be applied to all the components that belong to the segment. Such definition will be respected
during reconstruction of the piping system.
Schedule or thickness values will be shown for all components for which such values make sense. In
order of preference, schedule and thickness will be expressed in terms of:
— Thickness class, such as CL50 and CL51. For this situation, both the alpha and numeric characters
must be included in the "Sc/Th" column of the piping materials class and in the corresponding table
Conventions
A. General
names.
— "NREQD": This value is to be used in cases where all of the following conditions apply:
— Specific wall thicknesses: To insure compatibility between data tables, the Piping Job Specification
and wall thickness calculations, thickness will be expressed as defined below.
— Where the schedule name exceeds the field length provided, for example S-SDR13.5, it will be
defined in terms of its wall thickness.
— *XYYY: The need to perform a thickness calculation will be triggered by an entry with the format
"*XYYY" being present in the "Sc/Th" column of the Piping Commodities Table. The letters that
make this code have the following meaning:
– The character "X" is an alphanumeric code that defines the equation to use in the calculation.
Possible values and their definitions are:
* If the value for this character is "C", the schedule/thickness for the applicable end of the
component is to be determined by calculations using the thickness equation defined for the piping
materials class in the "Thck Eqtn" column of the Define Piping Job Specification table.
33
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
– The characters "YYY" define the casting, joint or structural grade quality factor (E) times 100.
This factor is one of the parameters used in the thickness calculation. The User should be
cautioned that if he is defining a calculation to be performed on a seamless fitting (E=1) but
wishes to match the thickness for the mating welded pipe (E=0.85), the quality factor for the pipe
should be entered here.
— MATCH: The need to match the thickness of a component to that of the pipe of the same diameter
and of option 1 will be triggered by an entry with the format "MATCH" being present in the "Sc/Th"
column of the Piping Commodities Table.
To minimize duplication when the same thickness can be expressed for metallic materials in terms of
either a generic or a specific schedule, the convention defined below will be used. For a given nominal
diameter, only the schedules shown in the line for that diameter will be used in the Piping Job
Specification and in the data tables.
34
NomD S-5S S-10S S-10 S-20 S-30 S-STD S-40 S-40S S-60 S-XS S-80 S-80S S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160 S-XXS
0.125 S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S
0.250 S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S
0.375 S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S
0.500 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
0.750 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
1.000 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
1.250 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
1.500 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
2.000 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
2.500 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
3.000 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-160 S-XXS
3.500 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S
4.000 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-120 S-160 S-XXS
5.000 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-120 S-160 S-XXS
6.000 S-5S S-10S S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80S S-120 S-160 S-XXS
8.000 S-5S S-10S S-20 S-30 S-STD S-STD S-40S S-60 S-XS S-XS S-80S S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160 S-XXS
10.00 S-5S S-10S S-20 S-30 S-STD S-STD S-40S S-XS S-XS S-80 S-80S S-100 S-120 S-XXS S-160 S-XXS
12.00 S-5S S-10S S-20 S-30 S-STD S-40 S-40S S-60 S-XS S-80 S-80S S-100 S-XXS S-140 S-160 S-XXS
14.00 S-5S S-10S S-10 S-20 S-STD S-STD S-40 S-60 S-XS S-80 S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160
16.00 S-5S S-10S S-10 S-20 S-STD S-STD S-XS S-60 S-XS S-80 S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160
18.00 S-5S S-10S S-10 S-20 S-30 S-STD S-40 S-60 S-XS S-80 S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160
20.00 S-5S S-10S S-10 S-STD S-XS S-STD S-40 S-60 S-XS S-80 S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160
22.00 S-5S S-10S S-10 S-STD S-XS S-STD S-60 S-XS S-80 S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160
24.00 S-5S S-10S S-10 S-STD S-30 S-STD S-40 S-60 S-XS S-80 S-100 S-120 S-140 S-160
26.00 S-10 S-XS S-STD S-XS
28.00 S-10 S-XS S-30 S-STD S-XS
30.00 S-5S S-10S S-10 S-XS S-30 S-STD S-XS
32.00 S-10 S-XS S-30 S-STD S-40 S-XS
34.00 S-10 S-XS S-30 S-STD S-40 S-XS
36.00 S-10 S-XS S-30 S-STD S-40 S-XS
38.00 S-STD S-XS
40.00 S-STD S-XS
42.00 S-STD S-XS
44.00 S-STD S-XS
46.00 S-STD S-XS
48.00 S-STD S-XS
Appendix A:
________________
General Conventions
35
Conventions
A. General
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The table shown below will be used to correlate English nominal pipe diameters with their corresponding metric
values.
Weight tables have been provided for components required by the piping materials classes for at least the
combinations of thicknesses shown in the applicable Thicknesses Tables.
Where a "." or a "-" is included in a parameter that is part of a table name, a "$" will be used to represent
them in both the table name and the ASCII file name. The actual character, and not the "$", will be
displayed in all fields representing the actual attribute involved. Examples of how thicknesses would be
represented on the basis of the above rule follow:
.25 .........................................$25
.5 ..........................................$5
1 ...........................................1
1.375 .......................................1$375
2.375 .......................................2$375
Some tables require an "END" statement as their last line; others do not. Refer to specific table formats in
this document for actual requirements.
36
________________ Appendix A: General Conventions
Revision management of Piping RDB data follows the conventions described below:
— The "Rev" and "Date" fields of the table that is changed are revised as appropriate.
— The line in the table that was either newly created or revised is identified by having the symbol ">"
precede it. If the line was deleted, a ">" is placed above and below the line deleted.
— When a table is revised again, all previous revision marks are deleted.
Conventions
A. General
37
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
A Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this is the distance from the origin of the
component to the outermost face of any of its ends. For
components that have either ends with different terminations
or branches that are not normal to the main axis of the
component, this is the distance from the origin of the
component to the outermost face of the end in the vicinity of
PCP1.
Female This value will not be included in any dimension table. It may
be deduced from the expression E + Q using values of E and Q
from the appropriate tables.
B Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this parameter does not apply. For components
that have either ends with different terminations or branches
that are not normal to the main axis of the component, this is
the distance from the origin of the component to the outermost
face of the end in the vicinity of PCP2.
Female This value will not be included in any dimension table. It may
be deduced from the expression F + Q using values of F and Q
from the appropriate tables.
38
________________ Appendix A: Variables Used in Symbols and Tables
BCD Bolted This is the bolt circle diameter of the bolts required at a bolted
end, as defined in the table named "BLT_Term_Rat_TS" as a
function of the nominal pipe diameter, termination type, rating
and table suffix of the applicable bolted end.
C Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this parameter does not apply. For components
that have either ends with different terminations or branches
Conventions
A. General
that are not normal to the main axis of the component, this is
the distance from the origin of the component to the outermost
face of the end in the vicinity of PCP3.
Female This value will not be included in any dimension table. It may
be deduced from the expression G + Q using values of G and
Q from the appropriate tables.
D Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this parameter does not apply. For components
that have either ends with different terminations or branches
that are not normal to the main axis of the component, this is
the distance from the origin of the component to the outermost
face of the end in the vicinity of PCP4.
Female This value will not be included in any dimension table. It may
be deduced from the expression H + Q using values of H and
Q from the appropriate tables.
E Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this is the distance from the origin of the
component to any of its PCPs. For components that have
either ends with different terminations or branches that are not
normal to the main axis of the component, this is the distance
from the origin of the component to PCP1.
39
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
F Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this parameter does not apply. For components
that have either ends with different terminations or branches
that are not normal to the main axis of the component, this is
the distance from the origin of the component to PCP2.
G Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this parameter does not apply. For components
that have either ends with different terminations or branches
that are not normal to the main axis of the component, this is
the distance from the origin of the component to PCP3.
H Any For components that have ends with identical terminations and
for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this parameter does not apply. For components
that have either ends with different terminations or branches
that are not normal to the main axis of the component, this is
the distance from the origin of the component to PCP4.
40
________________Appendix A: Variables Used in Symbols and Tables
Conventions
A. General
41
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
- For PVC and CPVC female ends: same as the value of "P"
for the corresponding male termination type.
Male The value of this variable will be "0" for all male ends.
42
________________ Appendix A: Variables Used in Symbols and Tables
Conventions
A. General
table in which values for this parameter would be large enough
to insure that short studs would not result.
43
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
W_i Bolted This is the nut allowance, as defined in the applicable of the
tables listed below:
44
________________ Appendix A: Variables Used in Symbols and Tables
Conventions
A. General
defining the desired machine bolt lengths, values for W_1
were defined as "-".
45
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
46
________________ Appendix B: Commodity Discussions
Appendix B Commodity
Discussions
Basic Information
AABBCC Codes and Model Codes
The AABBCC code is the primary access key to the commodity items in the the Piping Job Specification. An
AABBCC code is a generic code about which a more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification.
Discussions
B. Commodity
These detailed definitions are identified by a model code in the Commodity Item data table of the PJS. Each
model code is classified by:
AABBCC code
option
size ranges
end preparations
ratings
The model code includes the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the piping model.
Depending upon the circumstances:
If data is only shown under green connect point data, it applies to all ends of the component.
If a component has ends with different nominal diameters (regardless of other end properties), the larger
nominal diameter end(s) is defined as the green connect point.
47
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
If a component has ends with the same nominal diameter but other end properties that differ, the
following rules apply:
— If the ends have different termination type, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness, the end(s)
whose end preparations have the lowest codelist number are designated as the green connect point.
— If the termination types are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness differ, the
"stronger" ends(s) are designated as the green connect point.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used to describe the table name formats in this document.
(G) Green
(R) Red
Angle Angle
BrchTbl Branch Table
Cmdty Code Commodity Code
GCP Green Connect Point
GS Geometric Industry Standard
MC Model Code
Op/Ac Operator/Actuator
Rat Pressure Rating
RCP Red Connect Point
Sc/Th Schedule Thickness
Term End Termination Type
TNF Table Name Format
TS Table Suffix
WC Weight Code
48
Appendix B: ________________
Non-parametric and Parametric Piping and Tubing (PIPING, TUBING)
The Pipe Model Entity will apply to this class of piping components.
Discussions
B. Commodity
No EDEN parametric code definition is required for its placement.
Both ends of the pipe have the same end preparation. It will be possible to "break" this type of
pipe after placement for insertion of another component.
The pipe length is determined at placement either by keying in the actual length or by stringing the
pipe between two existing components. The system will refuse to place portions of piping, which
are shorter that the "min length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH. The system will return a
warning if the User places a section of piping which is shorter than the "preferred length" value
defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
For certain types of pipe, for example, reinforced concrete, the thickness is actually determined by the
Fabricator on the basis of specified conditions. For them, the value "NREQD" is used for Sc/Th.
49
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Both ends of the pipe have different end preparation. Pipe placement must always start at a fitting.
The end preparation of the fitting will determine the end preparation of the pipe which will be
placed first. When pipe placement is completed, the end preparation of the last end of the pipe
will be checked for compatibility with that of the corresponding fitting end, if one applies. If an
incompatibility is detected with such fitting end, an error will be returned by the system.
The pipe length is determined at placement either by key-in of actual length or by stringing the
pipe between two pre-existing components. The system will refuse to place portions of piping,
which are shorter that the "min length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH. The system will
return a warning if the user places a section of piping which is shorter than the "preferred length"
value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
Purchased length pipe has its length defined in the pds_sort_code attribute of the Piping Commodity
Specification Data Table of the Material Reference Database. Purchased length pipe, can be placed or
extended such that the remainder length of the last pipe does not exceed the pipe length threshold, as
specified in the active Pipe Length Threshold Table.
During manual component placement, the system will place, starting at the active placement point,
one length of pipe of the default length. If the available length is less than the default length, a
pipe will be placed to fit the available length. By choosing the starting point for placement, the
user will have control as to where the random length of pipe is placed.
During automatic component placement, the system will start placing pipe of the default length
from whichever end applies and will continue doing so until the available length for placement is
less than the default length. An additional pipe will then be placed to fit the remaining length. In
this method of placement, the user has no control as to where the random length of pipe is placed.
The system will refuse to place any portion of piping, which are shorter that the "min length" value
defined in table PIPE_LENGTH. The system will return a warning if the user places a section of
piping which is shorter than the "preferred length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
50
Appendix B: ________________
Non-parametric and Parametric Piping and Tubing (PIPING, TUBING)
In the Piping Materials Class, the entry for model code will be preceded by an asterisk (*) to
signify to the software that piping with an EDEN parametric code definition is involved. This
asterisk is not part of the model code name itself and such will be recognized by data check reports
executed by PDS. The ends of the piping will be drawn per the following convention:
— Bolted ends will be represented per standard PDS practice using dimensions from the
applicable generic tables.
– The large end with dimensions from the applicable female generic tables.
– A cone length determined by the above criteria in conjunction with the termination type at
Discussions
B. Commodity
the other end of the pipe.
Both ends of the pipe have different end preparation. Pipe placement must always start at a fitting.
The end preparation of the fitting will determine the end preparation of the pipe which will be
placed first. When pipe placement is completed, the end preparation of the last end of the pipe
will be checked for compatibility with that of the corresponding fitting end, if one applies. If an
incompatibility is detected with such fitting end, an error will be returned by the system. It will
not be possible to "break" this type of pipe after placement for insertion of another component; if
such action was required, deletion and replacement of the pipe will be necessary.
— The model code (MC) for parametric pipe will consist of the letter "P" followed by an integer
that will define its default length. This length will be the "CP to CP" length, rather than the
"face to face" length. It will have as units of measure those that apply to pipe length in the
project.
— During manual component placement, the system will place, starting at the active placement
point, one length of pipe of the default length. If the available length is less than the default
length, a pipe will be placed to fit the available length. By choosing the starting point for
placement, the user will have control as to where the random length of pipe is placed.
— During automatic component placement, the system will start placing pipe of the default length
from whichever end applies and will continue doing so until the available length for placement
is less than the default length An additional pipe will then be placed to fit the remaining length
In this method of placement, the user has no control as to where the random length of pipe is
placed.
51
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
— During reconstruction, the system will replace default and non-default pipe lengths in kind. If
the new default length differs from the original default length, however, the procedure define
above for automatic component placement will be used.
— The system will refuse to place any portion of piping, which are shorter that the "min length"
value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH. The system will return a warning if the user places a
section of piping which is shorter than the "preferred length" value defined in table
PIPE_LENGTH.
Both ends of the pipe have the same end preparation. It will be possible to "break" this type of
pipe after placement for insertion of another component.
The pipe length is determined at placement either by key-in of actual length or by stringing the
pipe between two pre-existing components. The system will refuse to place portions of tubing,
which are shorter that the "min length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH. The system will
return a warning if the user places a section of tubing which is shorter than the "preferred length"
value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
52
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
The Piping Component database table (34) applies to these classes of piping components.
For each component in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification, component specific data is
defined in tables, as follows:
General data about the component is included in a table with format P15A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) A
Discussions
B. Commodity
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P15B. The name of
the P15B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the component
in the model that were not included in the P15A table.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, are less
than or equal to 24, the empty weight of the valve, including the valve operator weight, is included in a
table with format P59. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the valve, including its operator.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, exceed
24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight, the
operator weight, the model code for the valve operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
53
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator is included in a table with format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the
following parameter from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight,
the operator weight, the model code of the operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters are included in a table with
format P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model that were not included in the P60A table.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P25A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P25B. The name of
the P25B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P25A table.
54
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, are less
than or equal to 24, the empty weight of the valve, including the valve operator weight, is included in a
table with format P59. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the valve, including its operator.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, exceed
24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight, the
operator weight, the model code for the valve operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator is included in a table with format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the
following parameter from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight,
the operator weight, the model code of the operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
Discussions
B. Commodity
the valve operator.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters are included in a table with
format P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model that were not included in the P60A table.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P26A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) A
55
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P26B. The name of
the P26B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P26A table.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, are less
than or equal to 24, the empty weight of the valve, including the valve operator weight, is included in a
table with format P59. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the valve, including its operator.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, exceed
24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight, the
operator weight, the model code for the valve operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator is included in a table with format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the
following parameter from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight,
the operator weight, the model code of the operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters are included in a table with
format P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model that were not included in the P60A table.
56
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
General data about the component is included in a table with format P26A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P26B. The name of
the P26B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
Discussions
B. Commodity
MC_GS_Term(G) Rat(G) Term(R) Rat(R) B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P26A table.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, are less
than or equal to 24, the empty weight of the valve, including the valve operator weight, is included in a
table with format P59. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the valve, including its operator.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, exceed
24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight, the
operator weight, the model code for the valve operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator is included in a table with format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the
following parameter from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight,
the operator weight, the model code of the operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator.
57
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters are included in a table with
format P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model that were not included in the P60A table.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P27A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P27B. The name of
the P27B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P27A table.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, are less
than or equal to 24, the empty weight of the valve, including the valve operator weight, is included in a
table with format P59. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the valve, including its operator.
58
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator Type, exceed
24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight, the
operator weight, the model code for the valve operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator is included in a table with format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the
following parameter from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight,
the operator weight, the model code of the operator, the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters are included in a table with
format P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
Discussions
B. Commodity
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model that were not included in the P60A table.
Unless otherwise indicated, all valves have operators. Refer to paragraph C.6.1 for additional requirements
regarding operators.
Valves and their operators are not placed during automatic component placement. They must be positioned
manually.
For the table format descriptions applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and are not necessarily part of the names of the tables
that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
The AABBCC code for valves consists of the AABB code 6Q1C followed by two numbers for the specific type
of valve.
AABBCC Description
59
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Regular pattern, female ends, full port gate valve (MC=GATF) (SN=V1)
60
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Extended body gate valve (MC=GATEX) (SN=V2)
61
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
62
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P25A, P31A & P59, or
P25A, P60A & P60B
Flanged/beveled ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
63
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
64
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Regular pattern, female ends, reduced port globe valve
(MC=GLOR) (SN=V11)
65
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
66
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD" or "Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
67
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Bolted or male ends, full port and round bore plug valve
(MC=PLUFB) (SN=V16)
68
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P15A, P31A & P59
Socketwelded ends
Female threaded ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
69
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
70
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P15A, P31A & P59, or
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
71
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
72
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Long pattern, female ends, full port lift check valve (no
operator) (MC=CKLF) (SN=V38)
Discussions
B. Commodity
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
73
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
74
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Long pattern wafer check valve (no operator) (MC=CKWF) (SN=V26)
75
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
76
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Backflow preventer (no operator) (MC=CKBP) (SN=V38)
77
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
78
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
6Q1C69, Deluge valve (in-line)
Deluge valve (no operator) (MC=DEL) (SN=V1)
79
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Any of the model codes for 2-way valves may be used under
this AABBCC code.
Any of the model codes for 2-way valves may be used under
this AABBCC code.
80
________________ Appendix B: Valves (6Q1C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
6Q1C82, 4-way instrument root valve (yn-line)
4-way instrument root valve type 1 (MC=4WRV1) (SN=V82)
81
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6P2C or 6Q2C, followed by the two
numbers for the specific type of fitting.
The Piping Component Model Entity and the Piping Component Analysis Entity will apply to these classes of
piping components.
For each component in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification, component specific data is
defined in tables, as follows:
General data about the component is included in a table with format P11A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P11B. The name of
the P11B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the component
in the model that were not included in the P11A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P51. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Sc/Th(G)_WC
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
82
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
General data about the component is included in a table with format P15A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P15B. The name of
the P15B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) B
Discussions
B. Commodity
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the component
in the model that were not included in the P15A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P52. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Sc/Th(G)_WC
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P25A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
83
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P25B. The name of
the P25B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P25A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P61. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat/Sc/Th(R)_WC
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P26A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P26B. The name of
the P26B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P26A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P62. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
84
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P21A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
Discussions
B. Commodity
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P21B. The name of
the P21B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P21A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P63. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
85
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
General data about the component is included in a table with format P27A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P27B. The name of
the P27B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P27A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P64. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
86
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
General data about the component is included in a table with format P28A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P28B. The name of
the P28B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P28A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P65. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Discussions
B. Commodity
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat/Sc/Th(R)_WC
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P29A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters:
MC_GS_BrchTbl Angle A
— MC and GS from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification
— BrchTbl from the piping classes part of the Piping Job Specification
— The "angle" of intersection between the header and the branch from data in the design file.
87
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
Unless otherwise indicated, all fittings are automatically placed in the Piping Task during automatic component
placement. Components to be placed automatically by the system will be selected to match the CP preparation,
CP rating and table suffix of the applicable CP of the mating component or equipment nozzle.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
The definition of piping fittings is continued under piping component classes 6P3C and 6Q3C defined in
paragraph C1.4.
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6P2C or 6Q2C, followed by the two
numbers for the specific type of fitting.
AABBCC Description
88
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/beveled ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="Value"
89
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
90
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
91
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
92
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/socketwelded ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="Value"
93
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=P52
Flanged end
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
94
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
Thru-bolted ends with integral gaskets
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
95
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
96
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
6Q2C24, Eccentric diameter change (in-line) (not-
automatic)
Any of the model codes for eccentric components that allow
diameter change may be used under this AABBCC code.
97
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
98
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P27A & P64
Spigot/push-on bell ends
Plain/mechanical joint bell ends
Plain/push-on bell ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
99
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
100
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
101
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=P11A
Beveled ends
Male threaded ends
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=P11A
Beveled ends
Male threaded ends
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
102
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
11.25 deg elbow (MC=E11) (SN=F47)
103
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
104
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P25A & P61
Mechanical joint/plain ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD" or "Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
105
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
106
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
45 deg street elbow (MC=E45ST) (SN=F63)
107
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
108
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/socket ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
109
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
110
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
111
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
112
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
The applicability of the above AABB codes is as defined below for each component type.
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6P3C or 6Q3C, followed by two
numbers for the specific type.
The Piping Component Model Entity and the Piping Component Analysis Entity will apply to these classes of
piping components.
For each component in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification, component specific data is
defined in tables, as follows:
Discussions
B. Commodity
If only green connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping commodities part of the
Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
General data about the component is included in a table with format P11A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P11B. The name of
the P11B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the component
in the model that were not included in the P11A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P51. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Sc/Th(G)_WC
113
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P15A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P15B. The name of
the P15B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the component
in the model that were not included in the P15A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P52. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Sc/Th(G)_WC
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P25A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
114
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P25B. The name of
the P25B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P25A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P61. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Sc/Th(R)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P26A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P26B. The name of
the P26B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) B
115
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P26A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P62. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P21A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P21B. The name of
the P21B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P21A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P63. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
116
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
General data about the component is included in a table with format P27A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P27B. The name of
the P27B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Discussions
B. Commodity
Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P27A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P64. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
117
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
General data about the component is included in a table with format P28A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P28B. The name of
the P28B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P28A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P65. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
Unless otherwise indicated, all fittings are automatically placed in the Piping Task during automatic component
placement. Components to be placed automatically by the system will be selected to match the CP preparation,
CP rating and table suffix of the applicable CP of the mating component or equipment nozzle.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6P3C or 6Q3C, followed by two
numbers for the specific type.
AABBCC Description
118
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
6Q3C05, 180 deg LR return (in-line) (not-automatic)
180 deg LR return (MC=R180LR) (SN=F101)
119
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
120
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/push-on bell ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
121
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
122
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P25A & P61
Socket/male threaded ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
123
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
124
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
125
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
126
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
127
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
128
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
6Q3C55, 90 deg reducing long Y-branch (in-line) (not-
automatic)
90 deg reducing long Y-branch (MC=L90YRB) (SN=F154)
129
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
130
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Basin cross (MC=XBA) (SN=F160)
131
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
132
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Beveled/male threaded ends
Beveled/plain ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
133
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Beveled/socketwelded ends
Beveled/female threaded ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
Beveled/socketwelded ends
Beveled/female threaded ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
Beveled/socketwelded ends
Beveled/female threaded ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
134
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Beveled/socketwelded ends
Beveled/female threaded ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
Discussions
B. Commodity
Stub-on reinforcing pad (MC=RPAD) (SN=F180)
135
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
136
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
o Reinforcing welds are defined in the piping materials
classes to have a fabrication category of "-" since for
them it is not possible to define this attribute. In the
isometric drawings, a note is placed in the graphic
part of the drawing to show their size. A short
description has been prepared for reinforcing welds. The
option not to display reinforcing welds in the bill of
materials is chosen, however, in the ISOGEN options
file.
137
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
138
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
on 4 inch length.
6Q3C95, Gasket
There is no model code for this piping component. It
is only required in the piping materials class for piping
materials purposes.
139
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
- Commodity code
140
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
described under the heading "Choosing Gasket at Bolted
End".
+ After all gaskets are so determined at a bolted joint,
the system will compare the commodity codes and
modifiers of mating ends. If they are identical, the
gasket selection is deemed to be successful; if
not identical a fatal error is reported.
141
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
6Q3C97, Stud
There is no model code for this piping component. It is only required in the piping materials class for
piping materials purposes.
The definition of each stud entry in the piping materials class will include values for each of the
parameters listed below.
— A stud entry is required for every combination of nominal diameter, preparation (only if the
RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length calculations is active) and rating of
nozzles, commodity components and/or specialty components to which the piping materials
class applies.
— GCP from-to: these entries will define the ranges of nominal diameter of the non-thru-bolted
ends of the bolted joint for which the stud is intended. Only data for the GCP is provided
regardless of whether the stud is intended for non-thru-bolted ends with identical preparation
and/or ratings or not.
— GCP and RCP preparation: these entries will define the preparation of the non-thru-bolted
ends of the bolted joint for which the stud is intended. Two possibilities exist:
1.) The stud is intended for non-thru-bolted ends with identical preparations and rating, the
value of the preparation will only be included in the GCP preparation column; a "-" is
included for the RCP preparation.
2.) The stud is intended for mating bolted ends with different either preparation or rating:
the properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation,
regardless of the values for rating, is defined under the GCP data.
— GCP and RCP rating: these entries will define the pressure rating of the non-thru-bolted
ends of the bolted joint for which the stud is intended. For this definition, the values of
rating must omit characters such as "CL", "#" and "OT" even if these were used in the
definition of the component to which the stud will correspond. The following possibilities
exist:
142
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
1.) The stud is intended for non-thru-bolted ends with identical preparations and ratings: the
value of the rating will only be included in the GCP rating column; a "-" is included for the
RCP rating.
2.) The stud is intended for mating bolted ends with identical preparations but different
ratings: the value of the stronger rating is included in the GCP rating column; the value of
the weaker rating is included in the RCP rating column. This situation is commonly found,
for example, due to equipment nozzle rating differing from that of the mating piping
component flange.
3.) The stud is intended for mating bolted ends with different preparations and ratings: the
properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation is
defined under the GCP data.
— TMx: this represents the maximum temperature at which use of the stud is allowed.
Discussions
B. Commodity
— Geometry standard: the entry of a value for this parameter is optional. It has been entered in
the piping materials classes to assist the user in interpreting the definition of the stud.
— Material grade: the entry of a value for this parameter is optional. It has been entered in the
piping materials classes to assist the user in interpreting the definition of the stud.
— Fabrication class: these entries will define the disposition that is made of the stud for
material reporting and isometric purposes.
The system will select, from the piping materials class of the end that owns the joint, the stud to
use and its applicable data on the basis of the functional capability described under the heading
"Choosing Stud at Bolted Joint".
The system will access for each non-thru-bolted end in a bolted joint the applicable of the tables
described below.
— STUD_Rat_TS, if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length calculations
is not active (in the WS software, the ’almost precise’ value applies to the corresponding
toggle switch); or
143
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
— STUD_Term_Rat_TS, if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length
calculations is active (in the WS software, the ’precise’ value applies to the corresponding
toggle switch).
to determine the number and diameter of bolts required and the nut allowance to be used.
The system will use the termination type (only if the RDB option that involves CP termination
for bolt length calculations is active), rating and table suffix of the applicable bolted end to select
the stud table to use. No similar access to a stud table is made for the thru-bolted ends of the
joint. If identical values for number and diameter of bolts are derived from all the stud tables
that were accessed for the bolted joint, regardless of whether the bolted ends are in the same or in
different design volumes, the system will proceed. If different values are derived, a fatal error is
reported.
The value of nut allowance selected for each bolted end will depend upon the value of the
modifier parameter read in the piping materials class for the stud applicable to the joint. The
actual value of nut allowance selected for each non-thru-bolted ends of the bolted joint is used in
the determination of bolt length for the joint.
Both thru-bolted ends and non-thru-bolted ends will have a BLT_Term_Rat_TS tables
associated with them. Tables for non-thru-bolted ends will have actual values for bolt circle
diameter. Tables for thru-bolted ends will have dashes for bolt circle diameter. The system will
access for each non-thru-bolted end in the bolted joint the corresponding BLT_Term_Rat_TS
table to determine the bolt circle diameter that applies. If identical values for bolt circle diameter
are derived, the system will proceed. If different values are derived, a fatal error is reported.
Stud and machine bolt lengths are calculated by the system as the sum of the following:
— The values for all dimensions "R" derived from the applicable generic tables for all non-
thru-bolted ends involved in the bolted connection, plus
— The values for all "face to face" dimensions stored in the TDB for all thru-bolted ends
involved in the bolted connection (it is essential that the value stored in the TDB for this
parameter truly be a face to face dimension and not a connect point to connect point
dimension), plus
— The values for all gasket gaps involved in the bolted connection, plus
For studs: the sum of the nut allowances derived from the applicable of the tables described
below:
144
________________
Appendix B: On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)
For machine bolts: the larger of the nut allowances derived from the applicable of the tables
described below:
For the termination types defined below, which represent "lap type" ends, the schedule/thickness
from the TDB of the RCP of each non-thru bolted end involved in the flanged joint.
Discussions
B. Commodity
100 = GFFLFTP [Groove/female-face lap-flanged
termination type] (101-109)
The resulting value will then be rounded up to the value indicated in table BOLT_LENGTH.
At the a bolted joint, regardless of the number of ends involved at the joint and of the design
volumes in which they might be found, the default ownership for all gaskets and studs required
by the joint is assigned by the system to the first non-thru-bolted end found by the system during
the stud selection process. This characteristic only affects the ownership of such gaskets and
studs. The stud selection itself is based on the criteria given in preceding paragraphs and not on
the properties of the first bolted end encountered by the system. If the user has the need of
assigning the ownership of gaskets and studs for the joint to a particular bolted end, he may do
so by setting the value of the applicable user-data attribute for the applicable connect point to
either "Default Gasket/Bolts/Nuts Ownership" or "Gasket/Bolts/Nuts Owned by this
Component". As was the case for the default ownership, this attribute only controls in which
isometric drawing the gaskets and studs are listed and not their selection basis.
145
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The AABBCC code for fire and safety piping components consists of the applicable AABB code, 6P4C or
6Q4C, followed by two numbers for the specific type of component.
The Piping Component Model Entity and the Piping Component Analysis Entity will apply to these classes of
piping components.
Fire and safety piping components are included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed. They
are handled by the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification exactly as they would be if they
were a valve or a fitting.
For each component in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification, component specific data is
defined in tables, as follows:
General data about the component is included in a table with format P11A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P11B. The name of
the P11B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the component
in the model that were not included in the P11A table.
146
________________ Appendix B: Fire and Safety Discussions
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P51. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Sc/Th(G) WC
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P15A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
Discussions
B. Commodity
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P15B. The name of
the P15B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the component
in the model that were not included in the P15A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P52. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Sc/Th(G) WC
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
147
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
General data about the component is included in a table with format P25A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P25B. The name of
the P25B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P25A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P61. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Sc/Th(R) WC
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
General data about the component is included in a table with format P26A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P26B. The name of
the P26B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
148
________________ Appendix B: Fire and Safety Discussions
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P26A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P62. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
Discussions
B. Commodity
General data about the component is included in a table with format P21A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P21B. The name of
the P21B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) B
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P21A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P63. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
149
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
General data about the component is included in a table with format P27A. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P27B. The name of
the P27B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the
component in the model that were not included in the P27A table.
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P64. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
Fire and safety piping components are not placed during automatic component placement. They must be
positioned manually.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
150
________________ Appendix B: Fire and Safety Discussions
The AABBCC code for fire and safety piping components consists of the applicable AABB code, 6P4C or
6Q4C, followed by two numbers for the specific type of component.
AABBCC Description
Discussions
B. Commodity
Elevated fire monitor type 1 (MC=ME1) (SN=FS1A)
151
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
152
________________ Appendix B: Fire and Safety Discussions
Discussions
B. Commodity
Flanged ends/mechanical joint bell
Flanged ends/push-on bell
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
153
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
154
________________ Appendix B: Fire and Safety Discussions
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P26A, P26B & P62
Female threaded/female threaded ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
155
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
156
________________
Appendix B: In-Line Bio-Pharmaceutical Components (6Q5P)
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6Q5P, followed by the two numbers
for the specific type of fitting.
Discussions
B. Commodity
157
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MS_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
158
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT(R)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
Reducing female adapter (MC=FAS) (ISK=ADMF)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT_(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT(R)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
159
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
160
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)SC/TH(G)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
180 deg return bend (MC=R180R) (ISK=EUPL)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
161
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_TERM(R)_SC/TH(R)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
162
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
Short outlet run tee (MC=TSCR) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_TERM(R)_SC/TH(R)_WC
163
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
164
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
Concentric reducer (MC=RCP) (ISK=RCXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_TERM(R)_SC/TH(R)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_TERM(R)_SC/TH(R)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
165
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_TERM(R)_SC/TH(R)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_TERM(R)_SC/TH(R)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
166
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
6Q5P54, Clamp, pressure adjustable (in-line) (not-
automatic)
Clamp, pressure adjustable (MC=CPAN) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
167
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
COMMODITY_CODE
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
168
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
COMMODITY_CODE
Discussions
B. Commodity
169
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=’MB’_GS_OP_A
TNF=’EC’_GS_OP_A
’EC’_GS_OP_WC
170
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specialty Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_52
171
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
172
________________
Appendix B: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specialty Components
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Discussions
B. Commodity
4 way diverter valve (MC=VS4WD) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
173
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The AABBCC code for piping specialty components consists of the applicable AABB code, 6P6C or 6Q6C,
followed by two numbers for the specific component type.
The Piping Component Model Entity and the Piping Component Analysis Entity will apply to these classes of
piping components.
Piping specialty components are not included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed. They are
independent of piping materials class.
Named components are those components to which a project unique name, called component number, is
assigned by the User in the Piping TDB AND whose dimensional data has been defined in the applicable
unit of the Instrument Task. The storage of data about piping specialty components in the Instrument
Task is temporary and only until such time as the Piping Specialties Task is developed.
Unnamed components are those components to which either a component number is not assigned by the
User in the Piping TDB and/or whose dimensional data has not been defined in the applicable unit of the
Instrument Task. During the design process, it is possible for a piping specialty component to first be
considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa. Data about unnamed piping specialty components
is stored in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named
piping specialty components is their AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic
code about which a more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the
circumstances:
The system will first search for dimensional data about the piping specialty component in the Instrument TDB.
In this search, the system will try to match the component number of the piping specialty component with the
"tag number" assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data about the component is found, the
system will assume the component to be named and will proceed to retrieve dimensional data about it.
If either the component or dimensional data about it is not found, the system will conclude that the component
is unnamed and will then search for it in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification by its
AABBCC code, option and pertinent size range and will proceed to retrieve applicable data about it.
One of the items retrieved from either the Instrument TDB or the Piping Job Specification is the model code,
which will include the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the piping model.
Connect point dependent data about each component is organized in terms of green and red connect points. So
that the various sets of data that may exist about these connect points can remain coordinated, the following
conventions have been followed regarding the sequence of data in the Instrument TDB and in the Piping Job
Specification and regarding the naming of the Interactive Data Tables:
174
________________
Appendix B: Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C)
If data is only shown under green connect point data, it applies to all ends of the component.
If the component has ends of two different nominal diameters, regardless of how the other end properties
compare, properties about the larger nominal diameter end(s) have been defined under the green connect
point data.
If the component has ends of the same nominal diameter but differing in some of the other end properties,
the following applies:
— If the termination type of the ends differ, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness, the
properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation have been defined
under the green connect point data.
— If the termination type of the ends are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness differ,
the properties of the "stronger" ends(s) have been defined under the green connect point data.
For each piping specialty component, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
Named Specialty - If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the following
applies:
— Both generic and specific data about the component is included in the applicable unit of the
Instrument TDB.
Discussions
B. Commodity
— Refer to the explanation given under table format P80 for details.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data appears
in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and if the
connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format P81. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Unnamed_P
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its operator, if
any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data appears
in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and if the
connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format P85. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its operator, if
any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
175
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Unnamed Specialty, GCP=bolted or female, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification, the "green" connect point is either a bolted or a female termination type and the
red connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
Data about the component is included in a table with format P95. The name of this table is comprised of
the following parameters from the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Unnamed_P
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its operator, if any,
in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP≠male, RCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the Piping
Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
Data about the component is included in a table with format P96. The name of this table is comprised of
the following parameters from the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its operator, if any,
in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP=male, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the Piping
Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types, the following
applies:
Data about the component is included in a table with format P91. The name of this table is comprised of
the following parameters from the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its operator, if any,
in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP=male, RCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the Piping
Job Specification, the "green" connect point is a male termination type and the red connect point is not a
male termination type, the following applies:
176
________________
Appendix B: Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C)
Data about the component is included in a table with format P97. The name of this table is comprised of
the following parameters from the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points of
the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its operator, if any,
in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Piping specialty components will not have operators unless otherwise specifically indicated in paragraphs that
follow. Operators, if applicable, will always be defined independent of the components. Refer to paragraph
C6.1 for additional requirements regarding operators.
Piping specialty components and their operators are not placed during automatic component placement. They
must be positioned manually.
Reference to "ends" in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line or tap ends that
might apply to the component.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
Discussions
B. Commodity
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
The following general comments apply to the use of symbols used to depict these piping specialty components:
The symbols shown below under each piping specialty component type are only suggested symbols that
can be used to depict such piping specialty components. Any piping specialty component symbol defined
in Paragraph C.3.1 may be used instead.
Insure that for each symbol used, a proper match has been to an Isogen symbol.
Unless specifically defined otherwise, symbols listed below have been defined so that they can be placed
either with or without actuators.
Taps may be placed during the design session as required to define connections whose definition is not
possible with the symbol chosen.
The AABBCC code for piping specialty components consists of the applicable AABB code, 6P6C or 6Q6C,
followed by two numbers for the specific component type.
AABBCC Description
177
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
178
________________
Appendix B: Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
acceptable for a comparison between designs in the P&ID and
Piping Tasks to report an inconsistency because of this
item.
179
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
180
________________
Appendix B: Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
the two connect points that define the ends of the hose.
181
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
182
________________
Appendix B: Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
TNF=P15A & P59
Thru-bolted ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
183
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
184
________________
Appendix B: Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
185
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
It is possible to connect signal lines to PCPs, pipelines or other signal lines. The system will refuse to allow the
connection of signal lines to other items.
AABBCC Description
186
________________ Appendix B: Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E)
The Instrument Component Model Entity and the Instrument Component Analysis Entity will apply to this class
of instrument components.
— Insertion in it
Placed unconnected.
Discussions
B. Commodity
It is possible either to insert these instrument components in the pipeline in which they belong with the system
breaking the line graphics as required (the system will rotate the instrument component as dictated by the
orientation of the line in which it is to be inserted); or to place these components in free space and then pipe to
them.
Control valves and regulators will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed.
They are independent of piping materials class.
Named components are those components to which a project unique name, called component number, is
assigned by the User in the Piping TDB AND whose dimensional data has been defined in the applicable
unit of the Instrument Task.
Unnamed components are those components to which either a component number has not been assigned
by the User in the Piping TDB and/or whose dimensional data has not been defined in the applicable unit
of the Instrument Task. During the design process, it is possible for a control valve or regulator to first be
considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa. Data about unnamed control valves and regulators
is stored in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to
named control valves and regulators is their AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a
generic code about which a more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending
upon the circumstances:
187
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The system will first search for dimensional data about the control valve or regulator in the Instrument TDB. In
this search, the system will try to match the component number of the control valve or regulator with the tag
number assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data about the component is found, the system
will assume the component to be named and will proceed to retrieve dimensional data about it.
If either the component or dimensional data about it is not found, the system will conclude that the component
is unnamed and will then search for it in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification by its
AABBCC code, option and pertinent size range and will proceed to retrieve applicable data about it.
One of the items retrieved from either the Instrument TDB or the Piping Job Specification is the model code,
which will include the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the piping model.
Connect point dependent data about each component is organized in terms of green and red connect points. So
that the various sets of data that may exist about these connect points can remain coordinated, the following
conventions have been followed regarding the sequence of data in the Instrument TDB and in the Piping Job
Specification and regarding the naming of the Interactive Data Tables:
If data is only shown under green connect point data, it applies to all ends of the component.
If the component has ends of two different nominal diameters, regardless of how the other end properties
compare, properties about the larger nominal diameter end(s) have been defined under the green connect
point data.
If the component has ends of the same nominal diameter but differing in some of the other end properties,
the following applies:
— If the termination type of the ends differ, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness, the
properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation have been defined
under the green connect point data.
— If the termination type of the ends are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness differ,
the properties of the stronger ends(s) have been defined under the green connect point data.
For each control valve or regulator, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
Named Instrument - If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the following
applies:
— Both generic and specific data about the component is included in the applicable unit of the
Instrument TDB.
— Refer to the explanation given under table format I80 for details.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data
appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification and if the connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I81. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
188
________________ Appendix B: Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E)
MC GS Term(G) Unnamed_I
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator, if
any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data
appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification and if the connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I85. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator, if
any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Discussions
B. Commodity
part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is either a bolted or a female termination type
and the red connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I95. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Unnamed_I
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP≠male, RCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I96. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
189
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I91. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination type and the red connect point is
not a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I97. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Control valves and regulators will have actuators unless otherwise specifically indicated in paragraphs that
follow. Actuators are defined independent of the components unless otherwise specifically indicated in
paragraphs that follow. Refer to paragraph C6.1 for additional requirements regarding actuators.
Control valves and regulators and their actuators will not be automatically placed during automatic component
placement. They will always be positioned by the User.
Reference to ends in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line or tap ends that
might apply to the component.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
190
________________ Appendix B: Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E)
The following general comments apply to the use of symbols used to depict these instruments:
— The symbols shown below under each instrument type are only suggested symbols that can be used to
depict such instruments. Any instrument symbol defined in Paragraphs C5.2, C5.3, C5.4 or C5.5 may
be used instead.
— Ensure that for each symbol used, a proper match has been to an Isogen symbol.
— Unless specifically defined otherwise, symbols listed below have been defined so that they can be
placed either with or without actuators.
— Taps may be placed during the design session as required to define connections whose definition is
not possible with the symbol chosen.
The AABBCC code for control valves and regulators will consist of the applicable AABB code, 7P1E, followed
by two numbers for the specific instrument.
AABBCC Description
Discussions
B. Commodity
(P&ID instr comp type=72)
Any of the model codes for 2-way control valves may be used
under this AABBCC code.
Any of the model codes for 2-way angle control valves may be
used under this AABBCC code.
Any of the model codes for 4-way control valves may be used
under this AABBCC code.
191
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Any of the model codes for 3-way control valves may be used
under this AABBCC code.
Any of the model codes for 4-way control valves may be used
under this AABBCC code.
192
________________
Appendix B: Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E)
Discussions
B. Commodity
7P1E15, [2-way] globe control valve (in-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=86)
193
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
194
________________
Appendix B: Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E)
Discussions
B. Commodity
7P1E35, Press red reg w/ int RV (in-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=106)
7P1E42, Diff press red reg w/int & ext taps (in-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=113)
Diff press red reg w/int & ext taps type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS)
(SN=I7AZ)
195
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
(SN=I6AZ)
196
________________ Appendix B: Relief Devices (7P2C)
The Instrument Component Model Entity and the Instrument Component Analysis Entity will apply to this class
of instrument components.
— Insertion in it
Placed unconnected.
Discussions
B. Commodity
It is possible either to insert these instrument components in the pipeline in which they belong with the system
breaking the line graphics as required (the system will rotate the instrument component as dictated by the
orientation of the line in which it is to be inserted); or to place these components in free space and then pipe to
them.
Relief devices will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed. They are
independent of piping materials class.
Named components are those components to which a project unique name, called component number, is
assigned by the User in the Piping TDB AND whose dimensional data has been defined in the applicable
unit of the Instrument Task.
Unnamed components are those components to which either a component number has not been assigned
by the User in the Piping TDB and/or whose dimensional data has not been defined in the applicable unit
of the Instrument Task. During the design process, it is possible for a relief device to first be considered
unnamed and then named, and vice versa. Data about unnamed relief devices will be stored in the
instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named relief
devices will be their AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic code about
which a more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the
circumstances:
197
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The system will first search for dimensional data about the relief device in the Instrument TDB. In this search,
the system will try to match the component number of the relief device with the tag number assigned to it in the
Instrument TDB. If dimensional data about the component is found, the system will assume the component to
be named and will proceed to retrieve dimensional data about it.
If either the component or dimensional data about it is not found, the system will conclude that the component
is unnamed and will then search for it in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification by its
AABBCC code, option and pertinent size range and will proceed to retrieve applicable data about it.
One of the items retrieved from either the Instrument TDB or the Piping Job Specification is the model code,
which will include the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the piping model.
Connect point dependent data about each component is organized in terms of green and red connect points. So
that the various sets of data that may exist about these connect points can remain coordinated, the following
conventions have been followed regarding the sequence of data in the Instrument TDB and in the Piping Job
Specification and regarding the naming of the Interactive Data Tables:
If data is only shown under green connect point data, it applies to all ends of the component.
If the component has ends of two different nominal diameters, regardless of how the other end properties
compare, properties about the larger nominal diameter end(s) have been defined under the green connect
point data.
If the component has ends of the same nominal diameter but differing in some of the other end properties,
the following applies:
— If the termination type of the ends differ, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness, the
properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation have been defined
under the green connect point data.
— If the termination type of the ends are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness differ,
the properties of the stronger ends(s) have been defined under the green connect point data.
Named Instruments - If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the following
applies:
— Both generic and specific data about the component is included in the applicable unit of the
Instrument TDB.
— Refer to the explanation given under table format I80 for details.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data
appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification and if the connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I81. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
198
________________ Appendix B: Relief Devices (7P2C)
MC GS Term(G) Unnamed_I
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator, if
any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data
appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification and if the connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I85. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of the
actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator, if
any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Discussions
B. Commodity
part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is either a bolted or a female termination type
and the red connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I95. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Unnamed_I
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP≠male, RCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I96. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
199
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I91. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP≠male - If the component is unnamed, if both green and red
connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination type and the red connect point is
not a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I97. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water, weight of
the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component and its actuator,
if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
Relief devices will have actuators unless otherwise specifically indicated in paragraphs that follow. Actuators
are defined independent of the components unless otherwise specifically indicated in paragraphs that follow.
Refer to paragraph C.6.1 for additional requirements regarding actuators.
Relief devices and their actuators will not be automatically placed during automatic component placement.
They will always be positioned by the User.
Reference to ends in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line or tap ends that
might apply to the component.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
200
________________ Appendix B: Relief Devices (7P2C)
The following general comments apply to the use of symbols used to depict these instruments:
— The symbols shown below under each instrument type are only suggested symbols that can be used to
depict such instruments. Any instrument symbol defined in Paragraphs C5.2, C5.3, C5.4 or C5.5 may
be used instead.
— Ensure that for each symbol used, a proper match has been to an Isogen symbol.
— Unless specifically defined otherwise, symbols listed below have been defined so that they can be
placed either with or without actuators.
— Taps may be placed during the design session as required to define connections whose definition is
not possible with the symbol chosen.
The AABBCC code for relief devices will consist of the applicable AABB code, 7P2C, followed by two
numbers for the specific device.
AABBCC Description
Discussions
B. Commodity
(P&ID instr comp type=138)
201
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
202
________________ Appendix B: Other in-line Instruments (7P3C)
The Instrument Component Model Entity and the Instrument Component Analysis Entity will apply to this class
of instrument components.
— Insertion in it
Placed unconnected.
Discussions
B. Commodity
It is possible either to insert these instrument components in the pipeline in which they belong with the system
breaking the line graphics as required (the system will rotate the instrument component as dictated by the
orientation of the line in which it is to be inserted); or to place these components in free space and then pipe to
them.
Other in-line instruments will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed. They are
independent of piping materials class.
Named components are those components to which a project unique name, called component number, is
assigned by the User in the Piping TDB AND whose dimensional data has been defined in the applicable
unit of the Instrument Task.
Unnamed components are those components to which either a component number has not been assigned
by the User in the Piping TDB and/or whose dimensional data has not been defined in the applicable unit
of the Instrument Task. During the design process, it is possible for an other in-line instrument to first be
considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa. Data about unnamed other in-line instruments is
stored in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named
other in-line instruments is their AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic
code about which a more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the
circumstances:
203
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The system will first search for dimensional data about the other in-line instrument in the Instrument TDB. In
this search, the system will try to match the component number of the other in-line instrument with the tag
number assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data about the component is found, the system
will assume the component to be named and will proceed to retrieve dimensional data about it.
If either the component or dimensional data about it is not found, the system will conclude that the component
is unnamed and will then search for it in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification by its
AABBCC code, option and pertinent size range and will proceed to retrieve applicable data about it.
One of the items retrieved from either the Instrument TDB or the Piping Job Specification is the model code,
which will include the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the piping model.
Connect point dependent data about each component is organized in terms of green and red connect points. So
that the various sets of data that may exist about these connect points can remain coordinated, the following
conventions have been followed regarding the sequence of data in the Instrument TDB and in the Piping Job
Specification and regarding the naming of the Interactive Data Tables:
If data is only shown under green connect point data, it applies to all ends of the component.
If the component has ends of two different nominal diameters, regardless of how the other end properties
compare, properties about the larger nominal diameter end(s) have been defined under the green connect
point data.
If the component has ends of the same nominal diameter but differing in some of the other end properties,
the following applies:
— If the termination type of the ends differ, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness, the
properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation have been defined
under the green connect point data.
— If the termination type of the ends are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness differ,
the properties of the stronger ends(s) have been defined under the green connect point data.
For each other in-line instrument, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the following applies:
— Both generic and specific data about the component is included in the applicable unit of the
Instrument TDB.
— Refer to the explanation given under table format I80 for details.
If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data appears in the definition of the component
in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is a male
termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I81. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Unnamed_I
204
________________ Appendix B: Other in-line Instruments (7P3C)
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all those
dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined
in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data appears in the definition of the component
in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is not a male
termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I85. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all those
dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined
in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is
either a bolted or a female termination type and the red connect point is a male termination type, the
following applies:
Discussions
B. Commodity
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I95. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Unnamed_I
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the
red connect points are male termination types, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I96. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and both the green and the
red connect points are male termination types, the following applies:
205
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I91. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is a
male termination type and the red connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I97. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
Other in-line instruments will not be automatically placed during automatic component placement. They will
always be positioned by the User.
Reference to ends in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line or tap ends that
might apply to the component.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
The following general comments apply to the use of symbols used to depict these instruments:
— The symbols shown below under each instrument type are only suggested symbols that can be used to
depict such instruments. Any instrument symbol defined in Paragraphs C5.2, C5.3, C5.4 or C5.5 may
be used instead.
206
________________ Appendix B: Other in-line Instruments (7P3C)
— Ensure that for each symbol used, a proper match has been to an Isogen symbol.
— Unless specifically defined otherwise, symbols listed below have been defined so that they can be
placed either with or without actuators.
— Taps may be placed during the design session as required to define connections whose definition is
not possible with the symbol chosen.
The AABBCC code for other in-line instruments consists of the applicable AABB code, 7P3C, followed by
two numbers for the specific instrument.
AABBCC Description
Discussions
B. Commodity
In addition, any of the model codes for other instruments
may be used under this AABBCC code.
207
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
208
________________ Appendix B: Other in-line Instruments (7P3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Var area flow instr type 3 (MC=I216AT or I216AS) (SN=I216AZ)
209
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
210
________________ Appendix B: Other in-line Instruments (7P3C)
Discussions
B. Commodity
This component is not used in the Piping Task.
211
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
212
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
The Instrument Component Model Entity and the Instrument Component Analysis Entity will apply to this class
of instrument components.
— Direct mounting on it
Discussions
B. Commodity
Placed unconnected.
It is possible to place these components in free space and then pipe to them.
Off-line instruments will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed. They are
independent of piping materials class.
Named components are those components to which a project unique name, called component number, is
assigned by the User in the Piping TDB AND whose dimensional data has been defined in the applicable
unit of the Instrument Task.
Unnamed components are those components to which either a component number has not been assigned
by the User in the Piping TDB and/or whose dimensional data has not been defined in the applicable unit
of the Instrument Task. During the design process, it is possible for an off-line instrument to first be
considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa. Data about unnamed off-line instruments is stored
in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named off-
line instruments is their AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic code about
which a more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the
circumstances:
The system will first search for dimensional data about the off-line instrument in the Instrument TDB. In this
search, the system will try to match the component number of the off-line instrument with the tag number
assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data about the component is found, the system will assume
the component to be named and will proceed to retrieve dimensional data about it.
213
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
If either the component or dimensional data about it is not found, the system will conclude that the component
is unnamed and will then search for it in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification by its
AABBCC code, option and pertinent size range and will proceed to retrieve applicable data about it.
One of the items retrieved from either the Instrument TDB or the Piping Job Specification is the model code,
which will include the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the piping model.
Connect point dependent data about each component is organized in terms of green and red connect points. So
that the various sets of data that may exist about these connect points can remain coordinated, the following
conventions have been followed regarding the sequence of data in the Instrument TDB and in the Piping Job
Specification and regarding the naming of the Interactive Data Tables:
If data is only shown under green connect point data, it applies to all ends of the component.
If the component has ends of two different nominal diameters, regardless of how the other end properties
compare, properties about the larger nominal diameter end(s) have been defined under the green connect
point data.
If the component has ends of the same nominal diameter but differing in some of the other end properties,
the following applies:
— If the termination type of the ends differ, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness, the
properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation have been defined
under the green connect point data.
— If the termination type of the ends are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness differ,
the properties of the stronger ends(s) have been defined under the green connect point data.
If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the following applies:
— Both generic and specific data about the component is included in the applicable unit of the
Instrument TDB.
— Refer to the explanation given under table format I80 for details.
If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data appears in the definition of the component
in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is a male
termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I81. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Unnamed_I
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all those
dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined
in a generic table.
214
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data appears in the definition of the component
in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is not a male
termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I85. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all those
dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not defined
in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is
either a bolted or a female termination type and the red connect point is a male termination type, the
following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I95. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Unnamed_I
Discussions
B. Commodity
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the
red connect points are male termination types, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I96. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and both the green and the
red connect points are male termination types, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I91. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
215
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is a
male termination type and the red connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
— Data about the component is included in a table with format I97. The name of this table is comprised
of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification:
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red connect points
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water plus all
those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
Off-line instruments will not be automatically placed during automatic component placement. They will always
be positioned by the User.
Reference to ends in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line or tap ends that
might apply to the component.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating and
schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been listed. These values are
required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not necessarily be part of the names of the
tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the table
formats.
The following general comments apply to the use of symbols used to depict these instruments:
— The symbols shown below under each instrument type are only suggested symbols that can be used to
depict such instruments. Any instrument symbol defined in Paragraphs C5.2, C5.3, C5.4 or C5.5 may
be used instead.
— Ensure that for each symbol used, a proper match has been to an Isogen symbol.
— Unless specifically defined otherwise, symbols listed below have been defined so that they can only
be placed either without actuators.
216
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
— Taps may be placed during the design session as required to define connections whose definition is
not possible with the symbol chosen.
The AABBCC code for off-line instruments will consist of the applicable AABB code, 7Q4D, followed by two
numbers for the specific instrument.
AABBCC Description
Discussions
B. Commodity
7Q4D03, Discrete [field mounted] AT (off-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=234)
217
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
218
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
Discussions
B. Commodity
7Q4D17, Discrete [field mounted] FSLL (off-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=248)
219
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
220
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
Discussions
B. Commodity
(P&ID instr comp type=259)
221
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
222
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
Discussions
B. Commodity
7Q4D38, Discrete [field mounted] PDSL (off-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=269)
223
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
224
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
Discussions
B. Commodity
7Q4D50, Discrete [field mounted] PSLL (off-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=281)
225
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
226
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
Discussions
B. Commodity
7Q4D77, 3-way solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line)
(P&ID instr comp type=308)
227
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
228
________________ Appendix B: Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)
Discussions
B. Commodity
Off-line magnetic flow instr type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
where i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
229
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
B.6 Miscellaneous
B.6.1 Valve Operators and Actuators
All piping commodity valves will have operators unless otherwise specifically indicated in paragraph C.1.2.
Piping specialty components will only have operators if specifically so indicated in paragraph C.3.1.
Instrument specialty control valves and relief devices will have actuators unless otherwise specifically indicated
in paragraph C.5.2 and C.5.3. The remaining instrument specialty components will not have actuators.
Data about operators/actuators is stored in the entity that applies to the component to which the
operator/actuator belongs.
The type of operators/actuators is defined, using codelist values from codelist set CL550, "Operator/Actuator
Type", in the "Mod" column of the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification. If the
operator/actuator is to be placed in the model, a "+" or no sign entry is made for this value. If the
operator/actuator is not to be placed in the model, the code for the operator/actuator is defined as a "-" number.
It is possible to change from the TDB the decision made regarding placing or not placing the valve
operator/actuator in the model. To change the type of operator/actuator that applies to a valve, you will have to
place a valve with either a different AABBCC code or with the proper option.
Model codes and symbol names for valve operators will have values as defined below:
For operators with data derived from parameters in the applicable Piping Materials Class 2-24:
For model codes, by appending the characters "OP_" to the entry for operator type in the "Mod" column
of the Piping Materials Class. For example, if the value "3" is found in the "Mod" column, the model
code is OP_3 (and not OP_03 or OP3).
For symbol names, by using the symbol whose value is hardcoded in the definition of the applicable
model code.
For operators with data derived from the commodity codes of the valves to which they apply, 25-40:
For model codes, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator type entry in the "Mod" column of
the Piping Materials Class. For example, if the value "33" is found in the "Mod" column, the model code
is OP_33 (and not OP33 or OP_331).
For symbol names, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator code entry in the third output
column of the applicable table P60A. For example, if the value "331" is found in the subject column, the
symbol name is OP_331 (and not OP33 or OP331). Note that each size for a given commodity code may
be given a different operator code, and thus a different symbol name, if so required.
For model codes, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator code entry in the "Mod" column of
the applicable Specialty Table. For example, if the value "411" is found in the "Mod" column, the model
code is OP_411 (and not OP_41 or OP411).
230
________________ Appendix B: Miscellaneous
For symbol names, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator code entry in parameter "Y1" of the
applicable P8*, P9*, I8* or I9* table. For example, if the value "411" is found in the subject column, the
symbol name will be OP_411 (and not OP41 or OP411).
For model codes, by changing the characters "OP_" to "A_" of the model code of the valve to which the
appurtenance is applied and by adding the number indicated below to the numeric part of the valve model
code.
For example, if a chainwheel is added to a gear operated valve having an operator model code of OP_25,
the model code for the new operator is A_1025.
For symbol names, by using the symbol whose value is hardcoded in the definition of the applicable
model code.
Discussions
B. Commodity
For piping valves in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and whose operator
types are less than or equal to 24, dimensional data about the operator, regardless of whether only GCP or
both GCP and RCP data applies to the valve, is included in a table with format P31A. The name of this
table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job
Specification:
MC_Type(G)_Rat(G) Op A
Where,
Preparation Type
2-199 BLT
300-399 MAL
400-599 FEM
Op represents the absolute value of the entry for operator type made in the "Mod" column of the Piping
Materials Class.
— For operator types 1-3 and 5-24: the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the operator.
— For operator type 4: the nominal diameters of the "green and of the red connect points of the operator.
231
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve operator in
the model. For these operators, no definition is made of the location of their center of gravity.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P31B. The name of
the P31B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC_Type(G)_Rat(G) Op B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
operator. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model that were not included in the P31A table.
In general, data in these tables represents the largest dimensions resulting from a comparison of operators
supplied by common USA valve manufacturers.
For piping valves in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and whose operator
types exceed 24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator
weight, the operator weight, the operator code of the valve operator, the three parameters that define the
location of the center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define
the geometry of the valve operator, regardless of whether only GCP or both GCP and RCP data apply to
the valve, is included in a table with format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the following
parameter from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are the empty weight of the valve exclusive of the operator weight,
the operator weight, the operator code of the valve operators, the three parameters that define the location
of the center of gravity of the operator and up to two dimensional parameters required to define the
geometry of the valve operator.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters is included in a table with format
P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping commodities
part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model that were not included in the P60A table.
In general, data in these tables represent the dimensions applicable to the valve described in the
corresponding short description. You should check these tables to make sure that dimensions given are
suitable to the project for which they are intended.
For piping valves in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification whose operator types
exceed 40 and for all instrument valves, all applicable data about the valve, the operator weight, the
operator code (parameter Y1), the three parameters that define the location of the center of gravity of the
operator and all the dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of the valve operator,
232
________________ Appendix B: Miscellaneous
regardless of whether only GCP or both GCP and RCP data apply to the valve, is included in a table with
format P80 for piping valves or I80 for instrument valves. The name of this table is:
The only independent variable in this table is the component number of the component. The dependent
variables is all the applicable data about the valve, the operator weight, the operator code (parameter Y1),
the three parameters that define the location of the center of gravity of the operator and all the
dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of the valve operator.
If at placement time, data was not found in the applicable of the tables defined above, the system will prompt
you for the values of all the parameters that would otherwise be found in the data table. At this time, a tutorial
defining the applicable parameters is displayed. The values you define are be stored by the system for use in
subsequent model reconstruction. The values so stored will not be used in future model reconstructions after the
applicable data tables are prepared.
Valve operators will not be automatically placed during automatic component placement. They will always be
positioned by you.
In the list that follows, types 2-24 apply to operators for piping commodity valves whose dimensions are
determined from tables whose names are formed from attributes in the Piping Job Specification. Types 25-40
Discussions
B. Commodity
apply to operators for piping commodity valves whose dimensions are determined from tables whose names
depend on the commodity codes for the valves. Types 41-99 apply to operators/actuators for piping and
instrument specialty valves.
This operator may be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP3. At any time after placement, the you can add any
one of the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed in it.
This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape is
represented by the symbol listed in the table.
In response to one of the add appurtenance commands, the system will prompt the you for user-defined
information applicable to the indicated appurtenance, as follows:
233
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP3 is used for the definition of the
A1003 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1003 is determined by
the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
For floorstands and extension stems: no data table will apply. You are prompted to provide all
the information required to place the symbol involved.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the system
for use during model reconstruction.
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at placement
time, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class, nominal
diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin in the model.
Type 04, Handwheel if GCP > RCP (OT=4), (OC=4), (MC=OP_4), (SN=OP4 (TNF=P31A)
This operator is identical in all respects 0o the one described under Type 03, except that:
The table that is used to store the operator dimensions has both the GCP and the RCP diameters
as input. This operator is used for components such as extended body olet valves whose
definition require different values for the diameters of the GCP and RCP.
No data provisions have been made to allow the placement of appurtenances, such as
chainwheels, on this operator.
Type 05, Handwheel, inclined (OT=5), (OC=5), (MC=OP_5, EA_1005), (SN=OP5, A1005) (TNF=P31A)
This operator may be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP5. At any time after placement, you can any one of the
appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed in it. This will
cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape is represented
by the symbol listed in the table.
In response to one of the add appurtenance commands, the system will prompt you for user-defined
information applicable to the indicated appurtenance, as follows:
234
________________ Appendix B: Miscellaneous
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP5 is used for the definition of the
A1005 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1005 is determined by
the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the system
for use during model reconstruction.
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at placement
time, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class, nominal
diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin in the model.
Type 19, T-handle, short (OT=19), (OC=19), (MC=OP_19, A_2019 & A_3019), (SN=OP9, S2003 &
S3003) (TNF=P31A)
Discussions
B. Commodity
This operator may be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP9. At any time after placement, you can add any one of
the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed in it. This
will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape is
represented by the symbol listed in the table.
In response to one of the add appurtenance commands, the system will prompt you for user-defined
information applicable to the indicated appurtenance, as follows:
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For floorstands and extension stems: no data table will apply. You are prompted to provide all
the information required to place the symbol involved.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the system
for use during model reconstruction.
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at placement
time, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class, nominal
diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin in the model.
235
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Type 21, T-handle, long (OT=21), (OC=21), (MC=OP_21, A_2021 & A_3021), (SN=OP9, S2003 & S3003)
(TNF=P31A)
This operator may be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP9. At any time after placement, you can add any one of
the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed in it. This
will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape is
represented by the symbol listed in the table.
In response to one of the add appurtenance commands, the system will prompt you for user-defined
information applicable to the indicated appurtenance, as follows:
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For floorstands and extension stems: no data table will apply. You are prompted to provide all
the information required to place the symbol involved.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the system
for use during model reconstruction.
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at placement
time, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class, nominal
diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin in the model.
Handwheel, special type 1 (OT=25), (OC=251), (MC=OP_25, A_1025, A_2025 & A_3025),
(SN=OP_251, A1251, S2003 & S3003)
This operator can be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP_251. At any time after placement, the You can add
any one of the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed
in it. This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape
is represented by the symbol listed in the table.
236
________________ Appendix B: Miscellaneous
In response to one of the add appurtenance commands, the system will prompt you for user-defined
information applicable to the indicated appurtenance, as follows:
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP_251 is used for the definition of the
A1251 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1251 is determined by
the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
For floorstands and extension stems: no data table will apply. You are prompted to provide all
the information required to place the symbol involved.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the system
for use during model reconstruction.
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at placement
time, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class, nominal
Discussions
B. Commodity
diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin in the model.
This operator may be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP_331. At any time after placement, you can add the
appurtenance indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed in it. This will
cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape is represented
by the symbol listed in the table.
237
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
In response to the add appurtenance command, the system will prompt you for the following user-
defined information:
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP_331 is used for the definition of the
A1331 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1331 is determined by
the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the system
for use during model reconstruction.
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at placement
time, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class, nominal
diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin in the model.
Gear, side mounted handwheel type 2 (OT=33), (OC=332), (MC=OP_33, A_1033), (SN=OP_332,
A1332)
This operator may be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP_332. At any time after placement, you can add the
appurtenance indicated in the table below by executing the listed placement command. This will cause
the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape is represented by the
symbol listed in the table.
In response to the add appurtenance command, the system will prompt you for the following user-
defined information:
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP_332 is used for the definition of the
A1332 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1332 is determined by
the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the system
for use during model reconstruction.
238
________________ Appendix B: Miscellaneous
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at placement, the
following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class, nominal diameter,
commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin in the model.
Gear, side mounted inclined handwheel type 1 (OT=35), (OC=351), (MC=OP_35), (SN=OP_351)
For post indicators, the system will first prompt you for the value of parameter "Y6". It will then
Discussions
B. Commodity
proceed to read from the applicable data table the rest of the parameters required to place the operator.
It is possible to include in the description of the valve to which this operator applies the value of "Y6"
you define.
Actuators, 41-99
239
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Single acting cylinder type 3, w/vane and optional cylinder (OC=493), (MC=OP_493), (SN=OP_493)
Double acting cylinder type 3, w/vane and optional cylinder (OC=513), (MC=OP_513), (SN=OP_493)
Pilot operated cylinder type 3, w/vane and optional cylinder (OC=533), (MC=OP_533), (SN=OP_493)
240
________________ Appendix B: Miscellaneous
This is not a valve actuator. It is an accessory to another actuator. The addition of this item to an
actuator would graphically be covered by the applicable actuator.
This is not a valve actuator. It is an accessory to another actuator. The addition of this item to an
actuator would graphically be covered by the applicable actuator.
This is not a valve actuator. It is an accessory to another actuator. The addition of this item to an
actuator would graphically be covered by the applicable actuator.
This is not a valve actuator. It is an accessory to another actuator. The addition of this item to an
actuator would graphically be covered by the applicable actuator.
Discussions
B. Commodity
Weight type 1 (OC=811), (MC=OP_811), (SN=OP_811)
This is not a valve actuator. It is an accessory to another actuator. The addition of this item to an
actuator would graphically be covered by the applicable actuator.
241
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
This is not a valve actuator. It is actually part of a level displacement transmitter which would be
shown with a balloon on the model.
This is not a valve actuator. Should be only shown in the model by an instrument balloon. Nothing
would be modeled for this component.
242
________________ Appendix B: Piping Connectors
You can place drain connectors, implying connections to sewer systems. The placing and labeling of
these connectors are part of the same command. A requirement for these connectors is that it be
possible to connect more than one piping group to them.
Discussions
B. Commodity
6R9G16, From off-vol piping connector (directional)
243
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
B.7 Assemblies
B.7.1 In-line Piping Macrocomponents (6N8C)
6N8C37, Air utility station (in-line) (macrocomponent)
244
________________
Appendix C: Symbols
Appendix C Symbols
P1 0 248
V1 2 249
V2 2 250
V2A 0 251
V2B 0 252
V3 4 253
V4 8 254
V6 2 255
V8 3 256
V11 2 257
V12 2 258
V13 3 259
V16 2 260
V18 3 261
V19 3 262
V26 3 263
V32 2 264
V33 3 265
V34 2 266
V38 4 267
V40 2 268
V41 2 269
C. Symbols
V42 2 270
V51 6 271
V58 4 272
V62 2 273
V72 2 274
V73 2 275
V81 1 276
V82 1 277
F1A 4 278
F4 2 279
F6 7 280
F8 3 281
F10_1 11 282
F10_2 13 283
F13 12 284
F14A 11 285
F14B 11 286
F17D 4 287
245
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
F19 3 288
F25 2 289
F27 3 290
F28 3 291
F31 5 292
F32 2 293
F39 3 294
F43_1 2 295
F43_2 3 296
F47 5 297
F47A 4 298
F63 4 299
F84 6 300
F101 4 301
F114A 2 302
F114B 2 303
F114C 2 304
F114D 2 305
F122_1 4 306
F122_2 2 307
F125 2 308
F127 6 309
F128 5 310
F134 7 311
F145 2 312
F147 2 313
F150 2 314
F152 4 315
F154 2 316
F160 3 317
F163 2 318
F170 5 319
F172 4 320
F173 4 321
F176 5 322
F177 11 323
F178 4 324
F179 1 325
F180 7 326
F182 7 327
F184 7 328
F188 4 329
246
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol Legend
C. Symbols
247
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
248
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V1
C. Symbols
249
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
250
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V2A
C. Symbols
251
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
252
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V3
C. Symbols
253
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
254
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V6
C. Symbols
255
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
256
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V11
C. Symbols
257
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
258
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V13
C. Symbols
259
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
260
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V18
C. Symbols
261
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
262
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V26
C. Symbols
263
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
264
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V33
C. Symbols
265
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
266
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V38
C. Symbols
267
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
268
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V41
C. Symbols
269
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
270
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V51
C. Symbols
271
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
272
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V62
C. Symbols
273
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
274
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V73
C. Symbols
275
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
276
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol V82
C. Symbols
277
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
278
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F4
C. Symbols
279
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
280
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F8
C. Symbols
281
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
282
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F10_2
C. Symbols
283
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
284
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F14A
C. Symbols
285
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
286
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F17D
C. Symbols
287
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
288
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F25
C. Symbols
289
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
290
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F28
C. Symbols
291
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
292
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F32
C. Symbols
293
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
294
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F43_1
C. Symbols
295
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
296
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F47
C. Symbols
297
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
298
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F63
C. Symbols
299
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
300
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F101
C. Symbols
301
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
302
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F114B
C. Symbols
303
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
304
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F114D
C. Symbols
305
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
306
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F122_2
C. Symbols
307
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
308
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F127
C. Symbols
309
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
310
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F134
C. Symbols
311
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
312
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F147
C. Symbols
313
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
314
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F152
C. Symbols
315
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
316
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F160
C. Symbols
317
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
318
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F170
C. Symbols
319
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
320
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F173
C. Symbols
321
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
322
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F177
C. Symbols
323
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
324
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F179
C. Symbols
325
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
326
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F182
C. Symbols
327
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
328
________________
Appendix C: Piping Commodity Symbol F188
C. Symbols
329
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
FS1A 3 331
FS2B 1 331
FS10A 2 332
FS10B 0 332
FS11A 3 333
FS11B 1 333
FS13A 2 334
FS13B 0 334
FS24A 1 335
FS26A 1 335
FS26B 2 336
FS30A 1 336
FS38A 2 337
FS39A 2 337
FS60A 2 338
FS66A 2 338
T-FS1A 0 339
T-FS2B 0 339
T-FS10A 0 340
T-FS11A 0 340
T-FS13A 0 341
330
________________
Appendix C: Fire and Safety Symbol FS1A
C. Symbols
331
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
332
________________
Appendix C: Fire and Safety Symbol FS11A
C. Symbols
333
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
334
________________
Appendix C: Fire and Safety Symbol FS24A
C. Symbols
335
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
336
________________
Appendix C: Fire and Safety Symbol FS38A
C. Symbols
337
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
338
________________
Appendix C: Fire and Safety Symbol T-FS1A
C. Symbols
339
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
340
________________
Appendix C: Fire and Safety Symbol T-FS13A
C. Symbols
341
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
342
________________
Appendix C: Piping Specialty Symbol S1AC
C. Symbols
343
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
344
________________
Appendix C: Piping Specialty Symbol S5AZ
C. Symbols
345
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
346
________________
Appendix C: Piping Specialty Symbol S28AZ
C. Symbols
347
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
348
________________
Appendix C: Piping Specialty Symbol S49AC
C. Symbols
349
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
350
________________
Appendix C: Piping Specialty Symbol S70AC
C. Symbols
351
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
352
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbols
I3AZ 0 354
I5AZ 0 354
I6AZ 0 355
I7AZ 0 355
I8AZ 0 356
I11AZ 0 356
I12AZ 0 357
I13AZ 0 357
I14AZ 0 358
I15AZ 0 358
I16AZ 0 359
I17AZ 0 359
I18AZ 0 360
I20AZ 0 360
I30AZ 0 361
I106BZ 0 361
I109BZ 0 362
I118BZ 0 362
I120AZ 0 363
I201AZ 0 363
I201BZ 0 364
I201CZ 0 364
I209AZ 0 365
I213AZ 0 365
I216AZ 0 366
C. Symbols
I219AZ 0 366
I237AZ 0 367
I253AZ 0 367
I301AZ 0 368
I324CZ 0 368
I324DZ 0 369
I324EZ 0 369
I324FZ 0 370
353
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
354
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I6AZ
C. Symbols
355
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
356
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I12AZ
C. Symbols
357
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
358
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I16AZ
C. Symbols
359
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
360
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I30AZ
C. Symbols
361
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
362
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I120AZ
C. Symbols
363
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
364
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I209AZ
C. Symbols
365
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
366
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I237AZ
C. Symbols
367
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
368
________________
Appendix C: Instrument Specialty Symbol I324DZ
C. Symbols
369
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
370
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbols
OP3 5 372
OP4 0 372
OP5 5 373
OP9 5 373
OP_251 5 374
OP_271 5 374
OP_291 5 375
OP_292 0 375
OP_311 5 376
OP_331 6 376
OP_332 4 377
OP_333 4 377
OP_334 1 378
OP_351 6 378
OP_391 5 379
OP_401 3 379
OP_411 5 380
OP_412 5 380
OP_413 5 381
OP_451 5 381
OP_452 5 382
OP_453 5 382
OP_491 5 383
OP_492 5 383
OP_493 5 384
OP_494 5 384
OP_571 5 385
C. Symbols
OP_572 5 385
OP_573 5 386
OP_574 5 386
OP_711 5 387
OP_731 5 387
OP_811 5 388
OP_851 5 388
OP_852 5 389
OP_853 5 389
OP_854 5 390
A1003 3 390
A1005 3 391
A1251 3 391
A1331 0 392
A1332 0 392
S2003 3 393
S3003 3 393
371
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
372
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP5
C. Symbols
373
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
374
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_291
C. Symbols
375
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
376
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_332
C. Symbols
377
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
378
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_391
C. Symbols
379
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
380
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_413
C. Symbols
381
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
382
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_491
C. Symbols
383
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
384
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_571
C. Symbols
385
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
386
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_711
C. Symbols
387
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
388
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol OP_852
C. Symbols
389
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
390
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol A1005
C. Symbols
391
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
392
________________
Appendix C: Miscellaneous Symbol S2003
C. Symbols
393
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
FERR 396
FERS 396
CAPT 397
CAPSE 397
HA 398
FA 398
FAS 399
MA 399
MAR 400
B90T 400
B90TC 401
B90C 401
B45T 402
B45TC 402
B45C 403
R180R 403
R180C 404
TT 404
TTRB 405
TCB 405
TRCB 406
TSCB 406
TRSCB 407
TICB 407
TSCR 408
XT 408
XTRB 409
XC 409
TC 410
TCR 410
TCSB 411
TCRSB 411
TCI 412
RCP 412
RCCL 413
RCC 413
REP 414
RECL 414
REC 415
CHA 415
C2HD 416
C3HD 416
CPAN 417
CPHB 417
394
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Component Symbols
CA 418
CSJ 418
CHD 419
VS2D 419
C. Symbols
395
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
396
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CAPT
C. Symbols
397
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
398
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FAS
C. Symbols
399
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
400
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B90TC
C. Symbols
401
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
402
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B45C
C. Symbols
403
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
404
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TTRB
C. Symbols
405
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
406
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TRSCB
C. Symbols
407
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
408
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol XTRB
C. Symbols
409
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
410
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCSB
C. Symbols
411
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
412
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RCCL
C. Symbols
413
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
414
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol REC
C. Symbols
415
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
416
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CPAN
C. Symbols
417
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
418
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CHD
C. Symbols
419
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
OP_3 421
OP_42 421
420
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Operator Symbol SOP_3
C. Symbols
421
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
R180B 423
R180S 423
VSDTP 424
VSDTC 424
VSCCB 425
VSCCBU 425
VS3WD 426
VS4WD 426
422
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol R180B
C. Symbols
423
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
424
________________
Appendix C: Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSCCB
C. Symbols
425
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
426
________________
Appendix C: Details Assumed
V1 0 428
V2 0 428
V3 0 429
V4 0 429
V5 0 430
V7 0 430
V8 0 431
H1 0 431
H2 0 432
H3 0 432
H4 0 433
F1 0 433
F2 0 434
F4 0 434
F7 0 435
F8 0 435
P1 0 436
P2 0 436
P3 0 437
P4 0 437
P5 0 438
P7 0 438
P8 0 439
P9 0 439
C. Symbols
T1 0 440
T3 0 440
T4 0 441
L1 0 441
L2 0 442
L4 0 443
L7 0 444
L8 0 445
427
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail V1
Detail V2
428
________________
Appendix C: Detail V3
Detail V3
Detail V4
C. Symbols
429
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail V5
Detail V7
430
________________
Appendix C: Detail V8
Detail V8
Detail H1
C. Symbols
431
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail H2
Detail H3
432
________________
Appendix C: Detail H4
Detail H4
Detail F1
C. Symbols
433
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail F2
Detail F4
434
________________
Appendix C: Detail F7
Detail F7
Detail F8
C. Symbols
435
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail P1
Detail P2
436
________________
Appendix C: Detail P3
Detail P3
Detail P4
C. Symbols
437
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail P5
Detail P7
438
________________
Appendix C: Detail P8
Detail P8
Detail P9
C. Symbols
439
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail T1
Detail T
440
________________
Appendix C: Detail T4
Detail T4
Detail L1
C. Symbols
441
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail L2
442
________________
Appendix C: Detail L4
Detail L4
C. Symbols
443
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Detail L7
444
________________
Appendix C: Detail L8
Detail L8
C. Symbols
445
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
2. Unit surface area, unit empty weight and unit water weight will be read from the applicable tables. The
attribute values read will be stored in the Piping TDB.
3. Wall thickness will be read, alothough not by the Eden symbol, from the Piping Job Specification or
Instrument TDB. The attribute value read will be stored in the Piping TDB.
6. The surface defining the end of a component will be drawn per the following conventions:
For grooved and female face flanged ends: a distance "S" towards the origin from the actual
outermost surface of the component. In other words, the end will be terminated at the bottom of
the groove.
For all other bolted ends: at the actual outermost surface of the component.
For all male ends: at the actual outermost surface of the component.
For all female ends: a distance "Q" from the actual outermost surface of the component.
8. The origin of the component will be located mid-way between PCP1 and PCP2 for two connect point
components and in the center of the component for single connect point components.
9. It is not required to retrieve values for surface area, empty weight and water weight for this component.
10. The origin of the component will be located mid-way between PCP1 and the outermost most surface of
the component at the end opposite PCP1.
11. This will be a vertical cylinder whose nominal pipe diameter will be equal to the nominal pipe
diameter of the valve.
12. This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable of "A", "E" or "P2" times the factor indicated
below:
13. The combined height of these cones will equal the nominal pipe diameter of the valve.
The value for the base of each of the cones will equal the applicable of "A" or "E" times the factor
indicated below:
446
________________ Appendix C: Piping and Instrument Symbol Notes
14. The value of this parameter will equal the nominal pipe diameter of the valve divided by 2.
17. This parameter will equal 1.2 times the value of dimension "O".
18. This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable parameter "E" times the factor indicated
below:
19. This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable parameter "E" times the factor indicated
below:
20. For components all whose ends are either bolted or female end types and that require a dimension from
the male termination type generic table, the system will use the table corresponding to table suffix "5".
21. This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable parameter "L" times the factor indicated
below:
C. Symbols
Nominal Pipe Diameter Range Factor
0.5 and smaller 0.20
0.51-2.00 0.12
2.01 and larger 0.10
22. The reinforcement will be represented as a 360 degree cylinder concentric with the branch pipe.
23. The location of PCP2 will be determined by the system so that the point in the OD of the end cross-
section of the branch pipe that is furthest removed from the header centerline will be located as
follows:
For model codes RPAD and RWELD: on the outside surface of the header pipe.
For model codes RPAD2 and RWELD2: on the inside surface of the header pipe.
24. Values for weld length and OD will depend upon the system of units of measure used, as defined by
the specific model code used, as follows:
447
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
25. Parameter "P4" will define the space occupied by the valve disk in the open position. Its sign will be
positive (+) if in the direction of the secondary axis of the orientation tee or negative (-) if opposite to
it.
26. You define the dimensional or orientation parameters listed below during the design session, following
the system prompts. The values so entered will be used during model reconstruction. Labels may be
prepared to display this value on the iso and/or in the iso materials listing.
27. For SN=FS2B, the parallelepiped defined by parameters "D8", "D9" and "D10" will rotate, together
with the nozzle, by the specified angle D14, with due regards to sign.
28. This symbol applies to cubical components that have one of their axis oriented along the direction of
the primary axis of the coordinate system for the component. The origin of the component will be
located at the intersection of its diagonals. It will be possible to place components to which this
symbol applies either by their origin or by PCP1. The tertiary axis of the component is defined as that
axis which follows the direction of the thumb of the right hand when the other fingers of the right hand
are curled in the direction following the path from the positive end of the primary axis of the
component to the positive end of the secondary axis of the component. The output parameters which
are specific to this symbol are defined as follows:
Output D1 - defines the vectorial distance from the origin of the component to PCP1 along the
direction of the primary axis of the component. Its sign will be positive if the vector is in the direction
of the primary axis of the component and negative if it is opposite to the direction of the primary axis
of the component.
Output D2 - defines the vectorial distance from the origin of the component to PCP1 along the
direction of the secondary axis of the component. Its sign will be positive if the vector is in the
direction of the secondary axis of the component and negative if it is opposite to the direction of the
secondary axis of the component.
Output D3 - defines the vectorial distance from the origin of the component to PCP1 along the
direction of the tertiary axis of the component. Its sign will be positive if the vector is in the direction
of the tertiary axis of the component and negative if it is opposite to the direction of the tertiary axis of
the component.
Output D4 - defines the length of the component along the direction of the primary axis of the
component. Its sign will always be positive.
Output D5 - defines the length of the component along the direction of the secondary axis of the
component. Its sign will always be positive.
448
________________ Appendix C: Piping and Instrument Symbol Notes
Output D6 - defines the dimension of the component along the direction of the tertiary axis of the
component. Its sign will always be positive.
32. The nominal pipe diameter of PCP1 refers to the header size.
33. The value for angle B and/or for "angle" will be intrinsic to the component being placed, unless it is
stated in Appendix B that it is to be determined by the system from data contained in the design file.
34. You will first identify the PCP of the elbow that will determine the centerline direction of the elbolet,
as defined by the primary axis of the orientation tee of the elbow PCP. When placement of an elbolet
is involved, the system will always place PCP2 of the elbolet pointing away from the elbow, regarless
of the direction in which the orientation tee points. The system will then place a temporary PCP at the
intersection of the primary axis of the orientation tee with the outside of the elbow. This temporary
PCP will then be moved inside the elbow by a fixed amount to ensure that the connection between the
elbolet and the elbow will not "leak". The "moved" PCP will become PCP1 for the elbolet. The
system will then place PCP2 for the elbolet using the "M" dimension from the data table.
35. Dimension "N" will be equal to the branch (RCP) outside diameter "P" plus "2K".
36. The value for parameter "M" will be provided in the "Mod" column of the Piping Job Specification. It
will not be stored in any data table.
39. The value of "N" may be positive or negative, depending upon the type of end being defined. If the
value of "N" is <=0, the system will not draw a cylinder to represent the female end socket.
40. The origin of the section describing this component will be located at the intersection of the plane
containing the axis of flow for the component with the planes at the ends of the component, as follows:
For bolted ends: the plane passing through the back of the bolted end.
C. Symbols
For male and female ends: the plane passing through the corresponding connect point.
41. The origin of the section describing this component will be located at the intersection of the plane
containing the axis of flow for the component with the planes at the ends of the component, as follows:
For male or female ends: the plane passing through a point located inward from the
corresponding connect point "end distance" "K" or "L", if applicable.
42. For pipe bends, the radius of the torous for this component will be the nominal pipe diameter of the
component times the value included in the "Mod" column of the Piping Job Specification.
For all other applicable components, the radius of the torous will be determined from the equations
listed below:
449
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
where, Y refers to the angle; A, E, R and K are as defined in the applicable symbol.
The origin of the radius will be positioned at the location defined in the symbol.
43. Unions are only required for model codes E45U, E90U, TUOR and TUOB.
44. The number of taps will be provided in the "Mod" column of the Piping Job Specification. The same
data table will apply regardless of the number of taps involved.
45. Dimensions "K" and "L" are required to calculate factors used in stress analysis of the piping system.
46. If half of "P" for PCP3 is greater than "F", locate the end of the component in the vicinity of PCP2 a
distance equal to "0.7P" from the origin of the component and locate PCP2 a distance "F" from the
origin.
47. Parameter "K" will be no less than 0.25 inch and no more than the lesser of 0.5 inch or 90% of
dimension "O".
48. Parameter "M" will equal the nominal pipe diameter times the factor indicated below:
50. Values have been provided for parameter "O" per the following formula:
where,
CA - is 0.125 inch for geometry standards API-590Z1 or AITKEN Z1; 0.25 inch for geometry
standards API-590Z2 or AITKEN Z2.
Diameter "P", where "P" is the outside diameter from the applicable generic table.
Length having a value equal to the nominal pipe diameter of the applicable end times the factor
indicated below:
450
________________ Appendix C: Piping and Instrument Symbol Notes
53. The drain for the component, PCP3, will be located in the plane defined by the primary and secondary
axis of the orientation tee.
54. This parameter will equal the nominal pipe diameter times the factor indicated below:
55. Model codes and symbols ending in the letter "C", for example S1AC, may be used to represent piping
commodity components. Since the EDEN software does not recognize "generic" components for
piping commodity components, however, the following limitations apply:
Model codes S1AC, S3AC and S4AC must be defined to have no offset; for example, for model
S1AC, parameters P4 and P5 must be defined to be zero.
56. This symbol will be used to represent off-line instruments by means of a cylinder. The following
comments will apply:
The applicability of this representation will be defined by you, making the proper menu selection
at placement time. It will be remembered by the system during reconstruction of the model.
C. Symbols
Several identical model codes have been provided (I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J) to allow
definition of up to 2000 instruments of the same AABBCC code.
No access to a data table will be required when this representation applies. If values are not
entered for P2 and P3, they will be defaulted to "minimum" and "6 inches" respectively.
58. Output P1 defines the total number of connect points applicable to the component. If the number
entered in this field is less than the number of connect points shown pictorially in the sketch for the
applicable symbol, only the number of connect points entered for this parameter will apply.
59. Output P1 defines the total number of connect points applicable to the component. The number
entered for this parameter must agree with the number of connect points shown pictorially in the sketch
for the applicable symbol.
The diameter of the chainwheel will be assumed to be equal to that of the corresponding
handwheel.
451
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
The value for the chainwheel height (CW Height) will be determined by the software as a
function of the corresponding handhweel diameter (HW Diam), as follows:
HW Diam CW Height
=<6.000 (0.33333)(HW Diam)
>6.000, =<42.000 3.0
>42.000 (0.07143)(HW Diam)
65. During reconstruction of the model, the system will automatically place the operator with the
dimensions and in the orientation defined by you during initial placement. For piping components, if
you added an appurtenance, this is also remembered by the reconstruction software.
66. For components that have operators or actuators, the secondary axis of the orientation tee used in
placing the component will define the direction of the operator. The primary direction of the operator
or actuator will be oriented by the system in the direction of the secondary axis of the orientation tee
used in placing the component. The secondry direction of the operator or actuator will be oriented by
the system in the direction of the primary axis of the orientation tee used in placing the component. No
auxiliary orientation tee will be available to change the orientation of the operator or actuator. The
resulting operator orientation will be defined on the isometric drawing.
Note, however, that the orientation of an operator or actuator depends upon how both the component
and the operator were defined. If either of them was defined to have the operator oriented with a
secondary orientation tee (see note 71), such secondary orientation tee will apply and will behave as
defined in note 71.
67. Those parameters shown on the sketch with a + sign may be either positive or negative. All other
parameters must always have positive values.
68. Commodity descriptions for chain operators, floor stands and extension stems will be derived from
commodity codes CHAIN_*, FSTAND_* and XSTEM_*. Refer to documents explaining the
generation of isometric drawings and materials reports for details.
69. The value of this parameter will equal the nominal pipe diameter of the valve.
71. For components that have operators or actuators, the orientation tee used in placing the component
involved will be used to orient the operator or actuator. Upon placement of the component, the system
will place an auxiliary orientation tee at the origin of the component to allow the orientation of the
operator or actuator. As a default, the primary axis of the auxiliary orientation tee will be oriented by
the system in the direction of the secondary axis of the primary orientation tee (even if the operator is
at an angle) and will define the direction of the operator or actuator. As a default, the secondary axis of
the auxiliary orientation tee will point in the direction of the primary axis of the primary orientation
tee. You will then be able to orient the operator or actuator by manipulating the orientation of either
the primary or the secondary axis of the auxiliary orientation tee. The resulting operator orientation
will be defined on the isometric drawing.
Note, however, that the orientation of an operator or actuator depends upon how both the component
and the operator were defined. If either of them was defined to have the operator oriented with a
secondary orientation tee, such secondary orientation tee will apply and will behave as defined in note
71.
72. The system will record in the TDB DMRS database the value of the angular parameter defined below.
This angle will be used by the Isogen Interface Software to define the primary orientation of the
operator on the iso.
452
________________ Appendix C: Piping and Instrument Symbol Notes
74. The optional capability will be provided to define, for stress analysis purposes, the weight of the
operator and the location of the center of gravity of the operator weight. The location of the center of
gravity is defined by parameters "Y1", "Y2" and "Y3". The weight of the component itself, exclusive
of the operator, will still be defined as part of the component’s table. The operator data will be
retrieved as part of the data transfer to the pipe stress analysis program taking into full consideration
the orientation and rotation made of the operator at placement time.
75. If there is no stem extension above the top of the gear operator, define the parameter identified below
as "0.0". Never define such
parameter as "-".
For data tables that are prepared without this parameter, the EDEN symbol will assume that no stem
extension applies.
C. Symbols
76. The dimensions for gear operators shown on data tables were obtained in the following manner: from
the fully open valve stem dimension stated in the catalog we subtracted the valve nominal pipe
diameter to account for the stem free travel. We then added the flange adaptor height, as advised by
the Manufacturer, and the height of the gear operator, from catalog dimensions.
77. The angle that the secondary axis of the auxiliary orientation tee makes in its final position with its
default position is required for the purchase of the valve and must be supplied by the system to the
materials control function.
78. For this operator, the center of gravity of the valve operator will always be located along the operator
stem. The values of "Y2" and "Y3" will always be "-" in the corresponding operator data table.
81. The dimensional or orientation parameters listed below will be defined by you from the design session,
upon prompting by the system. The values so entered will be used during model reconstruction.
Labels may be prepared to display this value on the iso and/or in the iso materials listing.
453
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
83. During placement of this operator, the tutorial listed below will be displayed for you to select the
orientation of the handwheel.
92. Parameter "Y1" will be the operator type and will be only listed in the applicable actuator data table.
93. The optional capability will be provided to define, for stress analysis purposes, the weight of the
actuatior and the location of the center of gravity of the actuator weight. The location of the center of
gravity is defined by parameters "Y2", "Y3" and "Y4". The weight of the component itself, exclusive
of the actuator, will still be defined as part of the component’s table. The actuator data will be
retrieved as part of the data transfer to the pipe stress analysis program taking into full consideration
the orientation and rotation made of the actuator at placement time.
94. For this actuator, the center of gravity of the valve actuator will always be located along the actuator
stem. The values of "Y3" and "Y4" will always be "-" in the corresponding actuator data table.
454
________________ Appendix C: Assembly Notes
For a vent/drain connection off an equipment item, a piping component or an instrument component, you
must select the proper component to which the vent drain assembly will be connected. This may require
defining a nozzle in an item of equipment or placing a tap on a piping component.
2. The characteristics of this branch nipple and of the flange mating the vent/drain valve, if applicable, will
be as follows:
If the CP of the vent/drain valve which is nearest the pipe run has an end preparation type in the range
from 10 through 81, as defined by codelist set CL330, the following will apply:
— If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is in the
range from 10 through 81, as defined by codelist set CL330, no branch nipple nor vent/drain
valve mating flange will be required. The vent/drain valve will be bolted directly to the flange
of the branch.
— If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is 301, as
defined by codelist set CL330, no branch nipple will be required. The flange that mates the
vent/drain valve will be chosen to have a RCP with end preparation 301 and will be connected
directly to the assembly end of the branch component.
— If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is 421 or
441, as defined by codelist set CL330, a 4 inch long branch nipple will be required. If end
preparation 421 is involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will
be 6Q3C88 and 728 respectively. If end preparation 441 is involved, applicable AABBCC and
C. Symbols
option codes for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88 and 727 respectively. The flange that mates
the vent/drain valve will be chosen to have a RCP with end preparation to suit that of the
assembly end of the branch component (421 or 441) and will be connected directly to the
assembly end of the branch nipple.
— If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is other
than defined above, an error message will be returned by the system when use of this assembly
is attempted.
— If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is in the
range from 10 through 81, as defined by codelist set CL330, no branch nipple nor vent/drain
valve mating flange will be required. The vent/drain valve will be bolted directly to the flange
of the branch.
— If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is 301,
421 or 441, as defined by codelist set CL330, a branch nipple will be provided with nominal
length defined by the following equation:
455
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
L= 1 + P/2 + T + W_i - B - N
1 - is one inch
P/2 - is half the outside pipe diameter as derived from table MAL_Term_TS for the pipe run.
T - is the insulation thickness of the pipe run as derived from the TDB
W_i - is the nut allowance as derived from the applicable of the tables described below
— OR —
B - is the offset of assembly end of the branch component from the centerline of the pipe run,
derived from the applicable branch component dimension table.
N - is the distance from the back of the flange to CP2 in the flange, as defined in table
MC_GS_Term(G)_Rat(G)_Term(R)_Rat(R)_A that applies to the vent/drain valve.
The nominal length of the branch nipple determined from the above equation will be rounded to
the next full inch length but will be no less than 4 inches long. The end preparation(s) of the
branch nipple will be chosen by the system to suit the end preparation types of the branch
component. If end preparation 301 is involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the
branch nipple will be PIPING and 1 respectively. If end preparation 421 is involved, applicable
AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88 and 728 respectively. If end
preparation 441 is involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will
be 6Q3C88 and 727 respectively.
The flange that mates the vent/drain valve will be chosen by the system to have a RCP with end
preparation to suit that of the assembly end of the branch component (301, 421 or 441) and will
be connected to the branch nipple.
— If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is other
than defined above, an error message will be returned by the system when use of this assembly
is attempted.
If the CP of the vent/drain valve which is nearest the pipe run has end preparation type of either 421 or
441, as defined by codelist set CL330, a branch nipple will be required. The branch nipple length will be
1 inch longer than the insulation thickness of the pipe run rounded to the next full inch length but no less
than 4 inches long. The end preparations of the branch nipple will be chosen by the system to suit the end
preparation types of the branch component and of the vent/drain valve. If end preparation 421 is
involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88 and 728
456
________________ Appendix C: Assembly Notes
respectively. If end preparation 441 is involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch
nipple will be 6Q3C88 and 727 respectively.
If the CP of the vent/drain valve which is nearest the pipe run has end preparation type other than in the
range from 10-81 or of either 421 or 441, as defined by codelist set CL330, an error message will be
returned by the system when use of this assembly is attempted.
3. If the mating CPs of the valves in the vent/drain assembly have an end preparation other than 421, an
error message will be returned by the system when use of this assembly is attempted.
4. If any of the CPs of the valve in the vent/drain assembly have an end preparation other than 401 or if the
pipe is insulated beyond 4 inches thickness, an error message will be returned by the system when use of
this assembly is attempted.
C. Symbols
457
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
458
________________ Appendix D: Commodity Code Descriptions
Codes
D. Commodity
459
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
B A CL150 ’CL150’
B B CL300 ’CL300’
B C CL400 ’CL400’
B D CL600 ’CL600’
460
________________
Appendix D: Flanged and Miscellaneous Fittings
B E CL900 ’CL900’
B F CL1500 ’CL1500’
B G CL2500 ’CL2500’
B K CL25 ’CL25’
B L CL125 ’CL125’
B M CL250 ’CL250’
B N CL800 ’CL800’
B O CL175 ’CL175’
B R std conn ’standard connection’
B S shrouded bore connection ’shrouded bore connection’
B Z ’’
B A B16.1 ’ANSI-B16.1’
B E B16.5 ’ANSI-B16.5’
B Z ’’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
B IAA ASTM-A351-CF8M ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8M’
B IAB ASTM-A351-CF8C ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8C’
B IIA ASTM-A266-3 ’ASTM-A266 Cl.3’
461
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
462
________________ Appendix D: Completing Materials
Completing Materials
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: C - COMPLETING MATERIALS (PDS WILL NOT USE)
Codes
D. Commodity
463
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
D A @@CL125 ’CL125’
D B @@CL150 ’CL150’
D C CL175 ’CL175’
D G @@300# ’300#’
D X @rating per reqn ’rating ??’
D Z ’’
D AA @@ ’’
D AB @@ccw open ’counterclockwise open’
D BA free standing, [427] w/fog nozzle ’free standing, [427] w/two reaction supports, w/fog nozzle’
D BB supported, [427] w/fog nozzle ’supported, [427] w/fog nozzle’
D BC @@free standing, [427] w/shaper tip nozzle ’free standing, [427] w/two reaction supports, w/shaper tip
nozzle’
D BD @@supported, [427] w/shaper tip nozzle ’supported, [427] w/shaper tip nozzle’
D BE @@free standing w/shaper tip nozzle ’free standing w/shaper tip nozzle’
D BF @@free standing w/fog nozzle ’free standing w/fog nozzle’
D DA @@wall mount, rt hand w/hose & fog nozzle ’wall mounted, right hand w/hose & fog nozzle’
D DB @wall mount, left hand w/hose & fog nozzle ’wall mounted, left hand w/hose & fog nozzle’
464
________________ Appendix D: Steam Specialties
Steam Specialties
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: E - STEAM SPECIALTIES
E A CL150 ’CL150’
E B CL300 ’CL300’
E C CL400 ’CL400’
E D CL600 ’CL600’
E E CL900 ’CL900’
E F CL1500 ’CL1500’
E G CL2500 ’CL2500’
E L CL125 ’CL125’
E M CL250 ’CL250’
E O CL175 ’CL175’
E R CL25 ’CL25’
E S CL50 ’CL50’
E T CL75 ’CL75’
E Z ’’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
E TG 184 degC ’184 degC’
465
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
466
________________ Appendix D: Flanges
Flanges
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: F - FLANGES
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
F PQ @@ANSI-B16.36 CL900, 0.75" SWE tap ’ANSI-B16.36 CL900, 0.75" SWE tap’
467
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
F PR @@ANSI-B16.36 CL1500, 0.75" SWE tap ’ANSI-B16.36 CL1500, 0.75" SWE tap’
F PS ANSI-B16.36 CL2500 0.75" SWE tap ’ANSI-B16.36 CL2500 0.75" SWE tap’
F QB @@ANSI-B16.36 CL300, 0.5" FTE tap ’ANSI-B16.36 CL150, 0.5" FTE tap’
F SA @@CL150 ’CL150’
F SB CL300 ’CL300’
F SC CL400 ’CL400’
F SD CL600 ’CL600’
F SE CL900 ’CL900’
F SF CL1500 ’CL1500’
F SG CL2500 ’CL2500’
F SH CL250 ’CL250’
F SI CL175 ’CL175’
F TA @@AWWA-C207 Cl.D ’AWWA-C207 Cl.DA
F TB Taylor Forge CL75 ’Taylor Forge CL75’
F TC Taylor Forge CL125 ’Taylor Forge CL125’
F TD Taylor Forge CL125LW ’Taylor Forge CL125LW’
F TE Taylor Forge CL175 ’Taylor Forge CL175’
F TF Taylor Forge CL250 ’Taylor Forge CL250’
F TG Taylor Forge CL350 ’Taylor Forge CL350’
F ZZ ’’
468
________________ Appendix D: Flanges
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
F CX 1.875" ’1.875"’
F DD 0.281" ’0.281"’
F EA 2" ’2"’
F EB 2.125" ’2.125"’
F ED 2.375" ’2.375"’
F EE 2.5" ’2.5"’
F EF 2.625" ’2.625"’
F EG 2.75" ’2.75"’
F EH 2.875" ’2.875"’
F FE 3.5" ’3.5"’
F MA 2.0 mm ’2.0 mm’
F MB 2.5 mm ’2.5 mm’
F MC 3.0 mm ’3.0 mm’
F MD 3.5 mm ’3.5 mm’
F ME 4.0 mm ’4.0 mm’
F MF 4.5 mm ’4.5 mm’
F MG 5.0 mm ’5.0 mm’
F MH 6.0 mm ’6.0 mm’
F MI 7.0 mm ’7.0 mm’
F MJ 8.0 mm ’8.0 mm’
F MK 10.0 mm ’10.0 mm’
F ML 12.0 mm ’12.0 mm’
F MM 16.0 mm ’16.0 mm’
F MN 20.0 mm ’20.0 mm’
F MO 25.0 mm ’25.0 mm’
F MP 30.0 mm ’30.0 mm’
F MQ 35.0 mm ’35.0 mm’
F MR 40.0 mm ’40.0 mm’
F MS 50.0 mm ’50.0 mm’
F MT 60.0 mm ’60.0 mm’
F MU 80.0 mm ’80.0 mm’
F MV 100.0 mm ’100.0 mm’
F PA 3.2 mm ’3.2 mm (0.125")’
F PB 4.8 mm ’4.8 mm (0.188")’
F PC 6.4 mm ’6.4 mm (0.25")’
F PD 7.9 mm ’7.9 mm (0.312")’
F PE 9.5 mm ’9.5 mm (0.375")’
F PF 11.1 mm ’11.1 mm (0.438")’
F PG 12.7 mm ’12.7 mm (0.5")’
F PH 14.3 mm ’14.3 mm (0.562")’
F PI 15.9 mm ’15.9 mm (0.625")’
F PJ 17.5 mm ’17.5 mm (0.688")’
F PK 19.1 mm ’19.1 mm (0.75")’
F PL 20.6 mm ’20.6 mm (0.812")’
F PM 22.2 mm ’22.2 mm (0.875")’
F PN 23.8 mm ’23.8 mm (0.938")’
F PO 25.4 mm ’25.4 mm (1")’
F PP 27.0 mm ’27.0 mm (1.062")’
F PQ 28.6 mm ’28.6 mm (1.125")’
F PR 30.2 mm ’30.2 mm (1.188")’
F PS 31.8 mm ’31.8 mm (1.25")’
F PZ 29.0 mm ’29.0 mm (1.142")’
F QF 26.0 mm ’26.0 mm’
F ZZ @@ ’’
469
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
F IIA @@ASTM-A182-F304 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304’
F IIB @@ASTM-A182-F304L ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304L’
F IIC ASTM-A182-F316L, w/0.03% C max ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L, w/0.03% C max’
F IIE ASTM-A182-F310 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F310’
F IIF @@ASTM-A182-F316 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316’
F IIG ASTM-A182-F316L ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L’
F IIH ASME-SA182-F316L ’ASME-SA182 Gr.F316L’
F IIJ @@ASTM-A182-F321 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F321’
F IIK ASTM-A182-F321H ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F321H’
F IIL ASTM-A182-F347 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F347’
F IIN ASTM-A182-F348 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F348’
F IIO ASME-SA182-F316 ’ASME-SA182 Gr.F316’
F IIP ASTM-A182-F304H ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304H’
F IIY ASTM-A182-F347H ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F347H’
F IJF ASTM-A182-F316L, special ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L, w/0.036% C max, 12% Ni min, 2.2% Mo min’
F IKA ASTM-A451-HF modified ’ASTM-A451 Gr.HF modified’
F MLF ASTM-A350-LF3 ’ASTM-A350 Gr.LF3, 3.5 Ni’
F NPE ASTM-B62 bronze ’ASTM-B62 bronze’
F NPF @@ASTM-B166-600, hot finish ’ASTM-B166 Gr.600 UNS N06600, hot finish’
F OAA ASTM-B564 Monel ’ASTM-B564 UNS N04400, Monel’
F OAC ASTM-B564 Incoloy 800 ’ASTM-B564 UNS NO8800, Incoloy 800’
F PAA ASTM-B462 Alloy 20 ’ASTM-B462 UNS N08020, Alloy 20’
F TAA ASTM-F439 CPVC ’ASTM-F439 Cl.23447-B, CPVC’
F TAB @@ASTM-D2467 PVC ’ASTM-D2467 Cl.12454-B PVC’
F WAA @@ASTM-A105, cement lined ’ASTM-A105, cement lined’
F WAB ASTM-A105, cement lined & epoxy coated ’ASTM-A105, cement lined & epoxy coated’
F WAC ASTM-A105, epoxy coated ’ASTM-A105, epoxy coated’
F WAD ASTM-A105, cement lined & T&W ’ASTM-A105, cement lined, treated & wrapped’
F WXW ASTM-A105 epoxy lined ’ASTM-A105, epoxy lined’
F ZAD ASTM-A536-65-45-12/EPDM ’ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12/EPDM, ductile iron, Victaulic’
F ZAE ASTM-A536-65-45-12/Buna N ’ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12/Buna N, ductile iron, Victaulic’
F ZAG ASTM-A536-65-45-12/EPDM ’ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12/EPDM, ductile iron, galvanized,
Victaulic’
F ZAH ASTM-A536-65-45-12/Buna N ’ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12/Buna N, ductile iron, galvanized,
Victaulic’
470
________________ Appendix D: Flanged Fittings
Flanged Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: G - FLANGED FITTINGS
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
G SF CL1500 ’CL1500’
471
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
G SG CL2500 ’CL2500’
G SH CL250 ’CL250’
G SI CL175 ’CL175’
G TA AWWA-C207 Cl.E ’AWWA-C207 Cl.E’
G TB Taylor Forge CL75 ’Taylor Forge CL75’
G TC Taylor Forge CL125 ’Taylor Forge CL125’
G TD Taylor Forge CL125LW ’Taylor Forge CL125LW’
G TE Taylor Forge CL175 ’Taylor Forge CL175’
G TF Taylor Forge CL250 ’Taylor Forge CL250’
G TG Taylor Forge CL350 ’Taylor Forge CL350’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
G MI 7.0 mm ’7.0 mm’
472
________________ Appendix D: Flanged Fittings
473
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
G IJD @@ASTM-A240-304, Aitken, w/0.125" CA ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, Aitken, w/0.125" corrosion allowance’
G IJE @@ASTM-A240-316, Aitken, w/0.125" CA ’ASTM-A240 Type 316, Aitken, w/0.125" corrosion allowance’
G IJI @@ASTM-A240-316 ’ASTM-A240 Type 316’
G IJJ @@ASTM-A240-321 ’ASTM-A240 Gr.TP321’
G IJL ASTM-A240-347 ’ASTM-A240 Type 347’
G IJT TP304 SS, w/TFE seals ’Type 304 SS, w/Teflon seals, Greenwood’
G OAE ASTM-B127 ’ASTM-B127 UNS N04400, Monel’
G PAA ASTM-B463 ’ASTM-B463 UNS N08020, Alloy 20’
G TGL phenolic gasket ’phenolic gasket neoprene facing, w/sleeve & washer, Maloney
E’
G TGM phenolic gasket ’phenolic gasket, w/sleeve & washer’
G TGN phenolic gasket ’phenolic gasket neoprene facing, w/sleeve & washer, Maloney E
modified’
G TGQ phenolic gasket ’phenolic gasket neoprene facing, w/extra long sleeve &
washer, Maloney E’
G TGR phenolic gasket ’phenolic GSKT neoprene fcng, w/extra long sleeve & washer,
Maloney E, modified’
474
________________ Appendix D: Strainer Specialties
Strainer Specialties
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: H - STRAINER SPECIALTIES
475
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
H AA S-5S ’Sch 5S’
H AB S-10S ’Sch 10S’
H AC S-40S ’Sch 40S’
H AD S-80S ’Sch 80S’
H AF S-10 ’Sch 10’
H AG S-20 ’Sch 20’
H AH S-30 ’Sch 30’
H AI S-40 ’Sch 40’
H AJ S-60 ’Sch 60’
H AK S-80 ’Sch 80’
H AL S-100 ’Sch 100’
H AM S-120 ’Sch 120’
H AN S-140 ’Sch 140’
H AO S-160 ’Sch 160’
H AW [???]|bore to match| ’[???]’
H BA S-LW ’light-weight’
H BB S-STD ’standard-weight’
H BC S-XS ’X-strong’
H BD S-XXS ’XX-strong’
H CA 0.125" ’0.125"’
H CB 0.188" ’0.188"’
H CC 0.25" ’0.25"’
H CD 0.312" ’0.312"’
H CE 0.375" ’0.375"’
H CF 0.438" ’0.438"’
H CG 0.5" ’0.5"’
H CH 0.562" ’0.562"’
H CI 0.625" ’0.625"’
H CJ 0.688" ’0.688"’
H CK 0.75" ’0.75"’
H CL 0.812" ’0.812"’
H CM 0.875" ’0.875"’
H CN 0.938" ’0.938"’
H CO 1" ’1"’
H CP 1.062" ’1.062"’
H CQ 1.125" ’1.125"’
H CR 1.188" ’1.188"’
H CS 1.25" ’1.25"’
H DD 0.281" ’0.281"’
H MA 2.0 mm ’2.0 mm’
H MB 2.5 mm ’2.5 mm’
H MC 3.0 mm ’3.0 mm’
H MD 3.5 mm ’3.5 mm’
H ME 4.0 mm ’4.0 mm’
H MF 4.5 mm ’4.5 mm’
H MG 5.0 mm ’5.0 mm’
H MH 6.0 mm ’6.0 mm’
H MI 7.0 mm ’7.0 mm’
H MK 10.0 mm ’10.0 mm’
H MM 16.0 mm ’16.0 mm’
H MN 20.0 mm ’20.0 mm’
H MO 25.0 mm ’25.0 mm’
H MP 30.0 mm ’30.0 mm’
H MQ 35.0 mm ’35.0 mm’
H MR 40.0 mm ’40.0 mm’
H MS 50.0 mm ’50.0 mm’
H MT 60.0 mm ’60.0 mm’
H MU 80.0 mm ’80.0 mm’
H MV 100.0 mm ’100.0 mm’
H PA 3.2 mm ’3.2 mm (0.125")’
H PB 4.8 mm ’4.8 mm (0.188")’
H PC 6.4 mm ’6.4 mm (0.25")’
H PD 7.9 mm ’7.9 mm (0.312")’
H PE 9.5 mm ’9.5 mm (0.375")’
H PF 11.1 mm ’11.1 mm (0.438")’
H PG 12.7 mm ’12.7 mm (0.5")’
H PH 14.3 mm ’14.3 mm (0.562")’
H PI 15.9 mm ’15.9 mm (0.625")’
H PJ 17.5 mm ’17.5 mm (0.688")’
H PK 19.1 mm ’19.1 mm (0.75")’
H PL 20.6 mm ’20.6 mm (0.812")’
H PM 22.2 mm ’22.2 mm (0.875")’
476
________________ Appendix D: Strainer Specialties
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
H PN 23.8 mm ’23.8 mm (0.938")’
H PO 25.4 mm ’25.4 mm (1")’
H PP 27.0 mm ’27.0 mm (1.062")’
H PQ 28.6 mm ’28.6 mm (1.125")’
H PR 30.2 mm ’30.2 mm (1.188")’
H PS 31.8 mm ’31.8 mm (1.25")’
H ZZ ’’
H AAD CS, w/SS screen ’CS, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, SS screen, Mack Iron BT-W’
H AAE CS, w/SS screen ’CS, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, w/30 mesh .014 SS screen,
Mack Iron BT-W’
H AAF CS, w/SS screen ’CS, 10 mesh 0.028" SS screen, Mack Iron BT-W’
H AAJ CS, w/Monel screen ’CS, 80 mesh Monel screen, Mueller 862’
H AAL CS ’CS, 0.125" perf, 150% open area, Winston Type 51P’
H AAS CS, w/SS screen ’CS, 20 mesh 0.016" SS screen, Winston 51-WOP’
H ACA ASTM-A516-60 ’ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PBL’
H ACB ASTM-A516-60 ’ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PCS’
H ACE ASTM-A516-60 ’ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PCL’
H ACG ASTM-A516-60 ’ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PBS’
H ACH ASTM-A516-60, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.156" diam holes per in*2, 60 mesh SS
inside, Mack Iron PCS’
H ACK ASTM-A516-60 ’ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, 14 Ga, Mack
Iron PCS mod’
H ACM ASTM-A216-WCB, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB, 20 mesh SS screen, Mueller 860 Series’
H ACN ASTM-A216-WCB, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB, 20 mesh SS screen, Mueller 760 Series’
H ACP ASTM-A352-LCB, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A352 Gr.LCB, SS screen, Mueller 862-BC’
H ACQ ASTM-A216-WCB, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB, 0.045" SS screen, Mueller 860 Series’
H ACR ASTM-A216-WCB, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB, 100 mesh SS screen, Mueller 860 Series’
H ADD ASTM-A516-60 ’ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 16 Ga, 132-0.063" diam holes per in*2, Mack
Iron PBS’
H ADE ASTM-A216-WCB, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A216 GR WCB/SS screen, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2,
Mueller 860 Series’
H FFP ASTM-A217-WC6, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A217 Gr.WC6, 1.25Cr-0.5Mo, 30 mesh SS screen, Mueller’
H FFR ASTM-A182-F22, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr, 0.045" SS screen, Armstrong D1’
H IAB 316 SS/LO CS ’316 SS basket, low CS gasket ring, Winston 51P’
H IID ASTM-A351-CF8M, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8M 316 SS, 0.125" diam holes, SS screen,
Mueller 760 Series’
H IIE ASTM-A351-CF3M, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CF3M, 316L SS, 0.057" SS screen, NACE MR-01-75,
Mueller’
H IIG ASTM-A351-CF8, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8, 304 SS, 0.045" SS screen, Mueller 760
Series’
H IIH ASTM-A351-CF8, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8, 304 SS, 0.033" SS screen, Mueller 860
Series’
H IIJ ASTM-A351-CF8M ’ASTM-A351 GR CF8M, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mueller 860
Series’
H IJP 304 SS, w/SS screen ’304 SS, 20 mesh 0.016" SS screen, Winston 50-WOP’
H IJR 304 SS, w/SS screen ’304 SS, 20 mesh 0.016" SS screen, Winston 51-WIP’
H IJS ASTM-A240-304, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, 3 screen,
Mack Iron PBL’
H IJT ASTM-A240-304, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, 2 screen,
Mack Iron PBL’
H IJU ASTM-A240-316 ’ASTM-A240 Type 316, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PCS’
H IJV ASTM-A240-316 ’ASTM-A240 Type 316, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PBS’
H IJW ASTM-A240-304 ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PBL’
Codes
D. Commodity
H IJX ASTM-A240-304 ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PBS’
H IJY ASTM-A240-304 ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Mack Iron
PCS’
H IKA ASTM-A240-304, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, 30 mesh
lined, Mack Iron PBS’
H IKB ASTM-A240-304, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, 30 mesh
covered, Mack Iron PBS’
H IKC ASTM-A240-321, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A240-Type 321, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, 30 mesh
covered, Mack Iron PBS’
H IKD ASTM-A240-321, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A240-Type 321, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, 30 mesh
lined, Mack Iron PBS’
H IKE ASTM-A351-CF8C ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8C, 347 SS, Mueller 862-BC’
H IKF 316 SS, w/SS screen ’316 SS, 33-0.125" holes per in*2, covered, w/SS mesh 20X20,
w/0.02" wire diam’
H IKG CS, w/SS screen ’CS, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, CS covered, w/SS mesh
20X20, w/0.02" wire diam’
477
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
H PAA ASTM-A351-CN7M, w/Alloy 20 screen ’ASTM-A351 Gr.CN7M, 33-0.125" diam holes per in*2, Alloy 20
screen, Ladish 6278’
H ZAA ASTM-A395, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A395 DI, 316 SS screen, 0.057" diam perforated screen,
Mueller No 761’
H ZAB ASTM-A395, w/Monel screen ’ASTM-A395 DI, Monel screen, 0.057" diam perforated screen,
Mueller’
H ZAC ASTM-A395, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A395, ductile iron, galvanized, 0.045" SS screen,
Mueller 251-DI’
H ZAD ASTM-A395, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A395, ductile iron, galvanized, 100 mesh SS screen,
Mueller 251-DI’
H ZAE ASTM-A395, w/SS screen ’ASTM-A395, ductile iron, galvanized, 0.045" SS screen,
Mueller 751-DI’
478
________________ Appendix D: Instrument Specialties
Instrument Specialties
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: I - INSTRUMENT SPECIALTIES (PDS WILL NOT USE)
479
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
I A single pipe mount ’single pipe instr mount’
I B single mount ’single instr mount’
I C double pipe mount ’double pipe instr mount’
I D double mount, w/1 plate ’double instr mount, w/1 plate’
I E double mount, w/1 pipe & 1 plate ’double instr mount, w/1 pipe & 1 plate’
I F triple mount, w/2 pipe & 1 plate ’triple instr mount, w/2 pipe & 1 plate’
I G single angle mount ’single angle mount’
I H horizontal ’horizontal for ladder tray fittings’
I I double angle mount ’double angle mount’
I J 100’ band, w/100 clips ’100’ band, w/100 clips’
I K double mount, w/1 pipe & 1 angle ’double mount, w/1 pipe & 1 angle’
I L double mount ’double mount’
I M triple mount, w/1 pipe & 1 plate ’triple instr mount, w/1 pipe & 1 plate’
I P panel, w/angle legs ’panel, w/angle legs’
I S std ’standard’
I V vertical ’vertical for ladder tray fittings’
I Z ’’
I A angled ’angled’
I I inside ’inside’
I O outside ’outside’
I S straight ’straight’
I W w/air header ’w/air header’
I X w/o air header ’w/o air header’
I Z ’’
I CA clamped ’clamped’
I CB cabled ’cables’
I CC welded ’welded’
I CD bolted ’bolted’
I CE U-bolt ’U-bolt’
I FA flanged ’flanged’
I SW SW ’socketwelded’
I TA THD ’threaded’
I TF FTE ’female pipe thread’
I TG FTE x red MTE ’female pipe thread x reducing male pipe thread’
I TL MTE back conn ’male pipe thread back connection’
I TM MTE ’male pipe thread’
I TN MTE bottom conn ’male pipe thread bottom connection’
I TS male SW x FTE ’male socketwelded x female pipe thread’
I TT tube x tube ’tube x tube’
I TX MTE x FTE ’male x female pipe thread’
I WB BW ’buttwelded’
I ZZ ’’
480
________________ Appendix D: Instrument Specialties
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
I ABH CS ’CS, Det MDB & MEB’
I ABI CS ’CS, Det MFA’
I ABJ CS ’CS, Det MGA’
I ABK CS ’CS, Det MGB’
I ABL CS ’CS, Det MHB’
I ABN CS ’CS, Det MDG & MEG’
I ABO CS ’CS, Det MDH & MEH’
I ABP CS ’CS, Det MDF & MEF’
I ABQ CS ’CS, Det MHG’
I ABR CS ’CS, Det MHF’
I ABS CS ’CS, Det MHH’
I ABT CS ’CS, Det MFF’
I ABU CS ’CS, Det MFG’
I ABV CS ’CS, Det MCA’
I ABW CS ’CS, Det MCB’
I ABX CS ’CS, Det MBA’
I ABY CS ’CS, Det MBB’
I ABZ CS ’CS, Det MJA THRU MJK’
I ACA CS ’CS, Det MAE & MAG’
I ACB CS ’CS, Det MAF & MAH’
I ACC CS ’CS, Det MBC’
I ACD CS ’CS, Det MBD’
I ACE CS ’CS, Det MCC’
I ACF CS ’CS, Det MCD’
I ACG CS ’CS, Det MAI & MAJ’
I ACH CS ’CS, Det MAK & MAL’
I ACI CS ’CS, Det MBE’
I ACJ CS ’CS, Det MBF’
I ACK CS ’CS, Det MCE’
I ACL CS ’CS, Det MCF’
I ACM CS ’CS, Det MJX’
I ACN CS ’CS, Det MJY’
I ACO CS ’CS, Det MJZ’
I ACP CS ’CS, Det MKA’
I ACQ CS ’CS, Det MKB’
I ACR CS ’CS, Det MIB’
I ACS CS ’CS, Det MHI’
I ACT CS ’CS, Det MIC’
I ACU CS ’CS, Det MID’
I ACV CS ’CS, Det MDI’
I ACW CS ’CS, Det MKF’
I ACX CS ’CS, Det MHC’
I ADA CS ’CS, Det MLA’
I ADB CS ’CS, Det MLB’
I ADC CS ’CS, Det MLC’
I ADD CS ’CS, Det MLD’
I ADE CS ’CS, Det MLE’
I ADF CS ’CS, Det MLF’
I ADG CS ’CS, Det MLG’
I ADH CS ’CS, Det MLH’
I ADI CS ’CS, Det MLI’
I ADJ CS ’CS, Det MLJ’
I ADK CS ’CS, Det MLK’
I ADL CS ’CS, Det MLL’
I ADM CS ’CS, Det MLM’
I ADN CS ’CS, Det MDJ’
I ADO CS ’CS, Det MBG’
I ADP CS ’CS, Det MBH’
I ADQ CS ’CS, Det MCG’
I ADR CS ’CS, Det MDC’
I ADS CS ’CS, Det MDD’
Codes
D. Commodity
I ADT CS ’CS, Det MDE’
I ADV CS ’CS, Det MIE’
I ADW CS ’CS, Det MHD’
I ADX CS ’CS, Det MHE’
I ADY CS ’CS, Det MIF’
I ADZ CS ’CS, Det MIG’
I AEB CS ’CS, Det MIH’
I AEC CS ’CS, Det MOG’
I AED CS ’CS, Det MPG’
I AEE CS ’CS, Det MFJ’
I AEF CS ’CS, Minerallac H75’
I AEG CS ’CS, Det MDK’
I AZZ matl unspec ’no matl specified’
481
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
I CAA CS ’CS, P-W Ind 18-1442-0024-(Size-1) or approved equal’
I CAB CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1442-1302-02 or approved equal’
I CAC CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1442-1314-02 or approved equal’
I CAD CS ’CS, P-W Ind 18-1442-9012-(Size-1) Series 2 or approved equal’
I CAE CS ’CS, P-W Ind 18-1442-9112-(Size-1) Series 2 or approved equal’
I CAF CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1442-01-(Size-1)-(Size-2) or approved equal’
I CAG CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1442-9212-(Size-1) or approved equal’
I CAH CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1442-2012-(Size-1) or approved equal’
I CAI CS ’CS, P-W Ind 9987-0249-(Size-1) or approved equal’
I CAJ CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1508-0012-04 or approved equal’
I CAK CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1508-1301-04 or approved equal’
I CAL CS ’CS pre-galvanized steel, P-W Ind 2501-0016-(Size 1)-1301 &
DS-8500-01 or approved equal’
I CAM SS ’TP304 SS, P-W Ind DS-9004-(Size 1) or approved equal’
I CAN CS ’CS, P-W Ind 9985-1893-01, w/bolt, nut & lockwasher or
approved equal’
I CAO CS ’CS, P-W Ind 1442-1304-(Size 1) or approved equal’
I CAP CS ’CS, P-W Ind 9985-1893-01, w/carriage bolt & std spring’
I EAB ASTM-A335-P11 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P11, 1.25Cr, Det XAB’
I FAA 316 SS FILTER ’316 SS filter, Nupro SS-(Size 1)-TF-7’
I IAA stainless steel ’stainless steel’
I IAB SS ’316 SS ASTM-A479 TP316, Hex 10025-002 thru 10030-002’
I IAC 316 SS ’316 SS’
I IAF 316 SS ’316 SS, Hex HK111U24 no equal’
I IAG SS ’SS, P-W Ind 9996-0904-01 or approved equal’
I IAH 316 SS ’316 SS, Cajon SS-4-RA-2’
I IAI 316 SS ’316 SS, Mid-West 150SH’
I IAJ 316 SS ’316 SS, w/316 SS inner & outer tube, Anderson-Greenwood
CT7S-44’
I IBB SS ’316 SS, Ashcroft 1009 or approved equal’
I IBC SS ’316 SS, Ashcroft 1008S or approved equal’
I IBD SS ’316 SS, Ashcroft 1008A or approved equal’
I IIH ASTM-A312-304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304, w/1/16" eccentricity, 3" long’
I IIJ ASTM-A479-316 ’ASTM-A479 Type 316, barstock, Cajon MPW-A-IPS’
I IIK ASTM-A479-316 ’ASTM-A479 Type 316, barstock, Cajon Series RA’
I IIL 304 SS ’304 SS, Shirlee Ind 3100-6500-304’
I IIM 304 SS ’304 SS, Shirlee Ind 3101-6500-304’
I IIN ASTM-A312-304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304, Shirlee Ind 2090-2500-1-304’
I IIO ASTM-A312-304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304, Shirlee Ind 35.53-2500-304’
I IIP ASTM-A312-304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304, Shirlee Ind 3101-2500-304’
I IIQ ASTM-A312-304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304, Shirlee Ind 2090-5000-1-304’
I IIR ASTM-A312-304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304, Shirlee Ind 35.51-5000-304’
I IIS ASTM-A312-304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304, Shirlee Ind 3101-5000-304’
I NAA bronze ’bronze’
I NAB brass ’brass ASTM-B16, Hex 10025-002 thru 10030-002’
I NAC brass ’brass, Fisher P-594-1’
I RAA die cast zinc ’die cast zinc, Fisher Y602-7, -13’
I SAA aluminum ’aluminum’
I SBB die cast aluminum ’die cast aluminum, Masoneilan 77-40 or approved equal’
I SBC die cast aluminum ’die cast aluminum, Masoneilan 77-4 or approved equal’
I SBD die cast aluminum ’die cast aluminum, Yokogawa Hokushin Electric #T44A’
I SCA aluminum allloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 09-4F14-0024-(Size 1)’
I SCB aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 4F14-1302-02’
I SCC aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 9998-0249-(Size 1)’
I SCD aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 4F14-1314-02’
I SCE aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 09-4F14-9012-(Size 1)
Ser 2’
I SCF aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 09-4F14-9112-(Size 1)
Ser 2’
I SCG aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 09-4F14-9212-(Size 1)
Ser 2’
I SCH aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 4F14-1304-(Size 1)’
I SCI aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 09-4F14-2012-(Size 1)
Ser 2’
I SCJ aluminum alloy ’aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W Industries 5501-0016-(Size 1)’
I TAA Teflon ’Teflon, Rosemount O1151-0035-0003 or approved equal’
I TAB Viton ’Viton, Rosemount 01151-0035-0001 or approved equal’
I TAC Thermoplastic ’Thermoplastic, Dekoron 1540-10000 or approved equal’
I XXX matl per reqn ’matl per specification ??’
I ZAB cast iron ’cast iron, Fisher 254’
I ZAC ASTM-A126 ’ASTM-A126 cast iron, Varec 42S’
I ZZZ no matl reqd ’no matl required for this detail’
482
________________ Appendix D: Pipe Supports
Pipe Supports
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: J - PIPE SUPPORTS (PDS WILL NOT USE)
483
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
J A Heat or uninsulated ’Heat insulated or uninsulated’
J B Cold or uninsulated ’Cold insulated or uninsulated’
J C Cold insulated ’Cold insulated’
J D Cold insul single layer ’Cold insulated single layer’
J E Cold insul double layer ’Cold insulated double layer’
J H Heat insulated ’Heat insulated’
J K Dual purp, single layer ’Dual purpose, single layer’
J L Dual purp, double layer ’Dual purpose, double layer’
J U Uninsulated ’Uninsulated’
J Z ’’
J A Plate ’Plate’
J B Flat bar ’Flat bar’
J C Angle ’Angle’
J D Channel ’Channel’
J E I-beam ’I-beam’
J F Wide flange ’Wide flange’
J G ST structural tee ’ST structural tee’
J H Tube ’Tube’
J Z ’’
J A 2" ’2"’
J B 3" ’3"’
J C 4" ’4"’
J D 5" ’5"’
J E 6" ’6"’
J F 7" ’7"’
J G 8" ’8"’
J M 50 mm ’50 mm’
J N 75 mm ’75 mm’
J O 100 mm ’100 mm’
J P 125 mm ’125 mm’
J Q 150 mm ’150 mm’
J R 175 mm ’175 mm’
J S 200 mm ’200 mm’
J X height per reqn ’height per specification ??’
J Z ’’
484
________________ Appendix D: Pipe Supports
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
J AHG CS Spec 400-304-11 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 11’
J AHH CS Spec 400-304-13 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 13’
J AHI CS Spec 400-304-14 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 14’
J AHJ CS Spec 400-304-15 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 15’
J AHK CS Spec 400-304-17 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 17’
J AHL CS Spec 400-304-21 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 21’
J AHM CS Spec 400-304-22 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 22’
J AHN CS Spec 400-304-23 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 23’
J AHO CS Spec 400-304-25 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 25’
J AHP CS Spec 400-304-27 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 27’
J AHQ CS Spec 400-304-28 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 28’
J AHR CS Spec 400-304-29 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 29’
J AHS CS Spec 400-304-31 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 31’
J AHU CS Spec 400-304-33 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 33’
J AHV CS Spec 400-304-34 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 34’
J AHW CS Spec 400-304-36 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 36’
J AHX CS Spec 400-304-37 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 37’
J AHY CS Spec 400-304-16 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 16’
J AHZ CS Spec 400-304-18 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 18’
J BEL CS Spec 400-307-22 ’CS per Specification 400-307, Det 22’
J BEM CS Spec 400-307-23 ’CS per Specification 400-307, Det 23’
J BEN CS Spec 400-307-24 ’CS per Specification 400-307, Det 24’
J BEO CS Spec 400-307-25 ’CS per Specification 400-307, Det 25’
J BEP CS Spec 400-307-26 ’CS per Specification 400-307, Det 26’
J BHA CS Spec 400-304-20 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 20’
J BHB CS Spec 400-304-24 ’CS per Specification 400-304, Det 24’
J CAA ASTM-A516-65 ’ASTM-A516 Gr.65’
J CAC ASTM-A307-A ’ASTM-A307 Gr.A, w/4 assembled nuts’
J CAD ASTM-A36 ’ASTM-A36’
J CAE ASTM-A105 ’ASTM-A105’
J CAG ASTM-A36 ’ASTM-A36, Grinnell Fig 162’
J CAH CS ’CS, Grinnell Fig 140, w/tensile strength per Cat PH83’
J FAA Cr Spec 400-303-1 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-303, Det 1’
J FAB Cr Spec 400-303-2 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-303, Det 2’
J FAC Cr Spec 400-303-3 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-303, Det 3’
J FAD Cr Spec 400-303-4 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-303, Det 4’
J FAE Cr Spec 400-303-1A ’chrome steel per Specification 400-303, Det 1A’
J FCA Cr Spec 400-306-2 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 2’
J FCB Cr Spec 400-306-1 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 1’
J FCC Cr Spec 400-307-1A ’chrome steel per Specification 400-307, Det 1A’
J FCD Cr Spec 400-306-4 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 4’
J FCE Cr Spec 400-306-6 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 6’
J FCF Cr Spec 400-307-2A ’chrome steel per Specification 400-307, Det 2A’
J FCG Cr Spec 400-306-8 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 8’
J FCH Cr Spec 400-306-7 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 7’
J FCI Cr Spec 400-307-3A ’chrome steel per Specification 400-307, Det 3A’
J FCK Cr Spec 400-306-5 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 5’
J FCM Cr Spec 400-306-3 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 3’
J FCN Cr Spec 400-306-9 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-306, Det 9’
J FDA Cr Spec 400-312-7 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-312, Det 7’
J FDD Cr Spec 400-312-6 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-312, Det 6’
J FEW Cr Spec 400-307-13 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-307, Det 13’
J FHA Cr Spec 400-304-4 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 4’
J FHB Cr Spec 400-304-6 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 6’
J FHC Cr Spec 400-304-9 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 9’
J FHD Cr Spec 400-304-12 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 12’
J FHE Cr Spec 400-304-15 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 15’
J FHF Cr Spec 400-304-16 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 16’
J FHG Cr Spec 400-304-17 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 17’
J FHH Cr Spec 400-304-18 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 18’
J FHI Cr Spec 400-304-23 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 23’
Codes
D. Commodity
J FHJ Cr Spec 400-304-24 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 24’
J FHK Cr Spec 400-304-25 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 25’
J FHL Cr Spec 400-304-26 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 26’
J FHM Cr Spec 400-304-11 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 11’
J FHN Cr Spec 400-304-13 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 13’
J FHO Cr Spec 400-304-14 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 14’
J FHP Cr Spec 400-304-21 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 21’
J FHQ Cr Spec 400-304-33 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 33’
J FHR Cr Spec 400-304-34 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 34’
J FHS Cr Spec 400-304-35 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 35’
J FHT Cr Spec 400-304-36 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 36’
J FHU Cr Spec 400-304-37 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 37’
J FHV Cr Spec 400-304-38 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 38’
J FHW Cr Spec 400-304-8 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 8’
J FHX Cr Spec 400-304-20 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 20’
J FHY Cr Spec 400-304-22 ’chrome steel per Specification 400-304, Det 22’
485
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
J GAA ASTM-A387-11 ’ASTM-A387 Gr.11, 1.25Cr’
J GAB ASTM-A387-22 ’ASTM-A387 Gr.22, 2.25Cr’
J GAC ASTM-A193-B7 ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7, w/4 assembled ASTM-A194 Gr.2H nuts’
J IAA SS Spec 400-303-1 ’SS per Specification 400-303, Det 1’
J IAB SS Spec 400-303-2 ’SS per Specification 400-303, Det 2’
J IAC SS Spec 400-303-3 ’SS per Specification 400-303, Det 3’
J IAD SS Spec 400-303-4 ’SS per Specification 400-303, Det 4’
J IAE SS Spec 400-303-1A ’SS per Specification 400-303, Det 1A’
J ICA SS Spec 400-306-2 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 2’
J ICB SS Spec 400-306-1 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 1’
J ICD SS Spec 400-306-4 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 4’
J ICE SS Spec 400-306-6 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 6’
J ICG SS Spec 400-306-8 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 8’
J ICH SS Spec 400-306-7 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 7’
J ICK SS Spec 400-306-5 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 5’
J ICM SS Spec 400-306-3 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 3’
J ICN SS Spec 400-306-9 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 9’
J ICO SS Spec 400-306-10 ’SS per Specification 400-306, Det 10’
J IDA SS Spec 400-312-7 ’SS per Specification 400-312, Det 7’
J IDD SS Spec 400-312-6 ’SS per Specification 400-312, Det 6’
J IEW SS Spec 400-307-13 ’SS per Specification 400-307, Det 13’
J IFA SS Spec 400-323-76, 78, 80 ’SS per Specification 400-323, Det 76, 78, 80’
J IFB SS Spec 400-323-82 ’SS per Specification 400-323, Det 82’
J IFC SS Spec 400-323-96, 98, 100 ’SS per Specification 400-323, Det 96, 98, 100’
J IFD SS Spec 400-323-102 ’SS per Specification 400-323, Det 102’
J IFG SS Spec 400-323-6, 8, 10 ’SS per Specification 400-323, Det 6, 8, 10’
J IFH SS Spec 400-323-12 ’SS per Specification 400-323, Det 12’
J IHA SS Spec 400-304-4 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 4’
J IHB SS Spec 400-304-7 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 7’
J IHC SS Spec 400-304-10 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 10’
J IHD SS Spec 400-304-12 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 12’
J IHE SS Spec 400-304-15 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 15’
J IHF SS Spec 400-304-16 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 16’
J IHG SS Spec 400-304-17 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 17’
J IHH SS Spec 400-304-18 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 18’
J IHI SS Spec 400-304-23 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 23’
J IHJ SS Spec 400-304-24 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 24’
J IHK SS Spec 400-304-25 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 25’
J IHL SS Spec 400-304-26 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 26’
J IHM SS Spec 400-304-11 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 11’
J IHN SS Spec 400-304-13 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 13’
J IHO SS Spec 400-304-14 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 14’
J IHP SS Spec 400-304-21 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 21’
J IHQ SS Spec 400-304-33 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 33’
J IHR SS Spec 400-304-34 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 34’
J IHS SS Spec 400-304-35 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 35’
J IHT SS Spec 400-304-36 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 36’
J IHU SS Spec 400-304-37 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 37’
J IHV SS Spec 400-304-38 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 38’
J IHW SS Spec 400-304-39 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 39’
J IHX SS Spec 400-304-20 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 20’
J IHY SS Spec 400-304-22 ’SS per Specification 400-304, Det 22’
J TAA rigid polyurethane foam ’rigid polyurethane foam, w/vapor barrier, Power Piping
Powerfoam 9104’
J TAB rigid polyurethane foam ’rigid polyurethane foam, w/vapor barrier, Power Piping
Powerfoam 9105’
J THS graphite 400-304-30 ’graphite per Specification 400-304, Det 30’
J TZA high-density Ca silicate ’high-density calcium silicate, w/vap barrier, Power Piping
HI-TEMP 9238’
J XAE Spec 400-303-6 ’see specification 400-303, Det 6’
J XAF Spec 400-303-7 ’see specification 400-303, Det 7’
J XAG Spec 400-303-8 ’see specification 400-303, Det 8’
J XAH Spec 400-303-9 ’see specification 400-303, Det 9’
J XAI Spec 400-303-10 ’see specification 400-303, Det 10’
J XAJ Spec 400-303-11 ’see specification 400-303, Det 11’
J XAK Spec 400-303-12 ’see specification 400-303, Det 12’
J XAL Spec 400-303-13 ’see specification 400-303, Det 13’
J XAM Spec 400-303-14 ’see specification 400-303, Det 14’
J XAN Spec 400-303-12B ’see specification 400-303, Det 12B’
J XDA Spec 400-312-1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ’see specification 400-312, Det 1, 2, 3, 4, 5’
J XEA Spec 400-307-1 ’see specification 400-307, Det 1’
J XEB Spec 400-307-2 ’see specification 400-307, Det 2’
J XEC Spec 400-307-3 ’see specification 400-307, Det 3’
J XED Spec 400-307-4 ’see specification 400-307, Det 4’
J XEE Spec 400-307-5 ’see specification 400-307, Det 5’
J XEF Spec 400-307-6 ’see specification 400-307, Det 6’
486
________________ Appendix D: Pipe Supports
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
J XEG Spec 400-307-7 ’see specification 400-307, Det 7’
J XEH Spec 400-307-8 ’see specification 400-307, Det 8’
J XEI Spec 400-307-9 ’see specification 400-307, Det 9’
J XEJ Spec 400-307-10 ’see specification 400-307, Det 10’
J XEK Spec 400-307-11 ’see specification 400-307, Det 11’
J XEL Spec 400-307-12 ’see specification 400-307, Det 12’
J XEM Spec 400-307-14 ’see specification 400-307, Det 14’
J XEN Spec 400-307-15 ’see specification 400-307, Det 15’
J XEO Spec 400-307-16 ’see specification 400-307, Det 16’
J XEP Spec 400-307-17 ’see specification 400-307, Det 17’
J XEQ Spec 400-307-18 ’see specification 400-307, Det 18’
J XER Spec 400-307-19 ’see specification 400-307, Det 19’
J XES Spec 400-307-4A ’see specification 400-307, Det 4A’
J XET Spec 400-307-7A ’see specification 400-307, Det 7A’
J XEU Spec 400-307-15A ’see specification 400-307, Det 15A’
J XFA Spec 400-323-1, 2, 3 ’see specification 400-323, Det 1, 2, 3’
J XFB Spec 400-323-14, 16, 18 ’see specification 400-323, Det 14, 16, 18’
J XFC Spec 400-323-19, 20, 21, 22, 23 ’see specification 400-323, Det 19, 20, 21, 22, 23’
J XFG Spec 400-323-4 ’see specification 400-323, Det 4’
J XFI Spec 400-323-31, 32, 33 ’see specification 400-323, Det 31, 32, 33’
J XFJ Spec 400-323-34 ’see specification 400-323, Det 34’
J XFK Spec 400-323-41, 42, 43 ’see specification 400-323, Det 41, 42, 43’
J XFL Spec 400-323-44 ’see specification 400-323, Det 44’
J XFM Spec 400-323-54, 56, 58 ’see specification 400-323, Det 54, 56, 58’
J XFN Spec 400-323-64, 66, 68 ’see specification 400-323, Det 64, 66, 68’
J XGA Spec 400-314-1 ’see specification 400-314, Det 1’
J XGB Spec 400-314-2 ’see specification 400-314, Det 2’
J XGC Spec 400-314-3 ’see specification 400-314, Det 3’
J XGD Spec 400-314-4 ’see specification 400-314, Det 4’
J XHA Spec 400-304-19 ’see specification 400-304, Det 19’
J XHB Spec 400-304-20 ’see specification 400-304, Det 20’
J XHC Spec 400-304-1 ’see specification 400-304, Det 1’
J XHD Spec 400-304-2 ’see specification 400-304, Det 2’
J XHE Spec 400-304-3 ’see specification 400-304, Det 3’
J XHF Spec 400-304-26 ’see specification 400-304, Det 26’
J XHG Spec 400-304-27 ’see specification 400-304, Det 27’
J XHH Spec 400-304-28 ’see specification 400-304, Det 28’
J XIA Spec 464-56- PSC ’see specification 464-56, Type PSC’
J XXX ’’
Codes
D. Commodity
487
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Labor codes
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: L - LABOR CODES (PDS WILL NOT USE)
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
L CG 0.5" ’0.5"’
488
________________ Appendix D: Labor codes
L CH 0.562" ’0.562"’
L CI 0.625" ’0.625"’
L CJ 0.688" ’0.688"’
L CK 0.75" ’0.75"’
L CL 0.812" ’0.812"’
L CM 0.875" ’0.875"’
L CN 0.938" ’0.938"’
L CO 1" ’1"’
L CP 1.062" ’1.062"’
L CQ 1.125" ’1.125"’
L CR 1.188" ’1.188"’
L CS 1.25" ’1.25"’
L CT 1.375" ’1.375"’
L CU 1.5" ’1.5"’
L CV 1.625" ’1.625"’
L CX 1.875" ’1.875"’
L DD 0.281" ’0.281"’
L MA 2.0 mm ’2.0 mm’
L MB 2.5 mm ’2.5 mm’
L MC 3.0 mm ’3.0 mm’
L MD 3.5 mm ’3.5 mm’
L ME 4.0 mm ’4.0 mm’
L MF 4.5 mm ’4.5 mm’
L MG 5.0 mm ’5.0 mm’
L MH 6.0 mm ’6.0 mm’
L MI 7.0 mm ’7.0 mm’
L MJ 8.0 mm ’8.0 mm’
L MK 10.0 mm ’10.0 mm’
L ML 12.0 mm ’12.0 mm’
L MM 16.0 mm ’16.0 mm’
L MN 20.0 mm ’20.0 mm’
L MO 25.0 mm ’25.0 mm’
L MP 30.0 mm ’30.0 mm’
L MQ 35.0 mm ’35.0 mm’
L MR 40.0 mm ’40.0 mm’
L MS 50.0 mm ’50.0 mm’
L MT 60.0 mm ’60.0 mm’
L MU 80.0 mm ’80.0 mm’
L MV 100.0 mm ’100.0 mm’
L NA 2.2 mm ’2.2 mm’
L NB 2.8 mm ’2.8 mm’
L NC 3.2 mm ’3.2 mm’
L ND 3.8 mm ’3.8 mm’
L NE 4.2 mm ’4.2 mm’
L NF 4.8 mm ’4.8 mm’
L NG 5.5 mm ’5.5 mm’
L NJ 9.0 mm ’9.0 mm’
L NK 11.0 mm ’11.0 mm’
L NL 14.0 mm ’14.0 mm’
L NM 18.0 mm ’18.0 mm’
L NN 22.0 mm ’22.0 mm’
L NO 28.0 mm ’28.0 mm’
L NP 32.0 mm ’32.0 mm’
L NQ 38.0 mm ’38.0 mm’
L NR 45.0 mm ’45.0 mm’
L NS 55.0 mm ’55.0 mm’
L NT 70.0 mm ’70.0 mm’
L NU 90.0 mm ’90.0 mm’
L PA 3.2 mm ’3.2 mm (0.125")’
L PB 4.8 mm ’4.8 mm (0.188")’
L PC 6.4 mm ’6.4 mm (0.25")’
L PD 7.9 mm ’7.9 mm (0.312")’
L PE 9.5 mm ’9.5 mm (0.375")’
Codes
D. Commodity
L PF 11.1 mm ’11.1 mm (0.438")’
L PG 12.7 mm ’12.7 mm (0.5")’
L PH 14.3 mm ’14.3 mm (0.562")’
L PI 15.9 mm ’15.9 mm (0.625")’
L PJ 17.5 mm ’17.5 mm (0.688")’
L PK 19.1 mm ’19.1 mm (0.75")’
L PL 20.6 mm ’20.6 mm (0.812")’
L PM 22.2 mm ’22.2 mm (0.875")’
L PN 23.8 mm ’23.8 mm (0.938")’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
L PO 25.4 mm ’25.4 mm (1")’
L PP 27.0 mm ’27.0 mm (1.062")’
L PQ 28.6 mm ’28.6 mm (1.125")’
489
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
490
________________ Appendix D: Labor codes
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
L IIL ASTM-A312 TP347 ’ASTM-A312 Type 347’
L IIM ASTM-A312 TP347H ’ASTM-A312 Type 347H’
L IIN ASTM-A312 TP348 ’ASTM-A312 Type 348’
L IIO ASTM-A312 TP348H ’ASTM-A312 Type 348H’
L IIP ASTM-A312 TP304H ’ASTM-A312 Type 304H’
L IIQ ASTM-A358-304 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304, A240 Type 304’
L IIR ASTM-A358-309 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.309, A240 Type 309’
L IIS ASTM-A358-310 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.310, A240 Type 310’
L IIT ASTM-A358-316 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.316, A240 Type 316’
L IIU ASTM-A358-321 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.321, A240 Type 321’
L IIV ASTM-A358-347 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.347, A240 Type 347’
L IIW ASTM-A358-348 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.348, A240 Type 348’
L IIX ASTM-A358-304L ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304L, A240 Type 304L’
L IIY ASTM-A358-316L ’ASTM-A358 Gr.316L, A240 Type 316L’
L IIZ ASTM-A358-304H ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304H’
L IJQ ASTM-A409-TP304 ’ASTM-A409 Type 304’
L IJR ASTM-A409-TP304L ’ASTM-A409 Type 304L’
L IJS ASTM-A409-TP304, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A409 Type 304, impact at -325 degF’
L IJT ASTM-A409-TP316, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A409 Type 316, impact at -325 degF’
L IJU ASTM-A409-TP316 ’ASTM-A409 Type 316’
L IJV ASTM-A409-TP316L ’ASTM-A409 Type 316L’
L IJX ASTM-A358-304, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304, A240 TP 304, impact at -325 degF’
L IJY ASTM-A358-316, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A358 Gr.316, A240 TP 316, impact at -325 degF’
L IKH ASTM-A297-HF modified ’ASTM-A297 Gr.HF, modified’
L IKI ASTM-A451-CPH 20 ’ASTM-A451 Gr.CPH-20’
L IKJ ASTM-A451-HF modified ’ASTM-A451 Gr.HF modified’
L IZA SS ’SS (for reinforced welds & buttwelds)’
L MLF ASTM-A333-3 ’ASTM-A333 Gr.3, 3.5Ni’
L MLI ASTM-A333-4 ’ASTM-A333 Gr.4, Cr-Cu, Ni’
L MLS ASTM-A333-8 ’ASTM-A333 Gr.8, 9Ni’
L OAA ASTM-B165 Monel ’ASTM-B165, UNS N04400 Monel, annealed, 5" & under OD’
L OAB ASTM-B514 ’ASTM-B514 Category 2, UNS N08800’
L PAA ASTM-B464 Alloy 20 ’ASTM-B464, UNS N08020, Alloy 20’
L SRF ASTM-B241 6063-T6 ’ASTM-B241 Alloy 6063-T6, as welded, T & Y tests required’
L SRG ASTM-B241 6061-T6 ’ASTM-B241 Alloy 6061-T6, as welded, T & Y tests required’
L SRH ASTM-B241 Alloy 6061-T6 ’ASTM-B261 Alloy 6061-T6, aluminum, seamless’
L SRJ ASTM-B241 3003-H112 ’ASTM-B241 Alloy 3003-H112, use annealed stresses’
L SRS ASTM-B209 6061-T6 ’ASTM-B209 Alloy 6061-T6, use welded stresses’
L SRT ASTM-B209 6061-T6 ’ASTM-B209 Alloy 6061-T6, tol to A358, use welded stresses’
L SZA Inconel ’Inconel (for reinforced welds & buttwelds)’
L WAA API-5L-B, cement lined ’API-5L Gr.B, cement lined’
L WAB API-5L-B, cement lined, T & W ’API-5L Gr.B, cement lined, treated & wrapped’
L WAC API-5L-B, T & W ’API-5L Gr.B, treated & wrapped’
L WAD ASTM-A53-B, cement lined ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, cement lined’
L WAE ASTM-A53-B, T & W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, treated & wrapped’
L WAF ASTM-A53-B, aluminized, T & W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, aluminized, treated & wrapped’
L WXJ ASTM-A106-B, T & W ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, treated & wrapped’
L WXK ASTM-A106, epoxy coated ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, epoxy coated’
L WXL ASTM-A106-B, aluminized, T & W ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, aluminized, treated & wrapped’
L WXM ASTM-A53-B, cement lined, T & W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, cement lined, treated & wrapped’
L WXN ASTM-A53-B, galvanized, T & W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, galvanized, treated & wrapped’
L WXV ASTM-A106-B, galvanized, T & W ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, galvanized, treated & wrapped’
Codes
D. Commodity
491
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
492
________________ Appendix D: Miscellaneous Non-Wetted Fittings
493
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
O A CL150 ’CL150’
O B CL300 ’CL300’
O C CL400 ’CL400’
O D CL600 ’CL600’
O E CL900 ’CL900’
O F CL1500 ’CL1500’
O G CL2500 ’CL2500’
O L CL125 ’CL125’
O M CL250 ’CL250’
O Z ’’
O AA Type K ’Type K’
O AB Type L ’Type L’
O AC Type M ’Type M’
O BA 0.02" ’0.02"’
O BB 0.028" ’0.028"’
O BC 0.03" ’0.03"’
O BD 0.032" ’0.032"’
O BE 0.035" ’0.035"’
O BF 0.04" ’0.04"’
O BG 0.049" ’0.049"’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
O BH 0.062" ’0.062"’
494
________________ Appendix D: Tubing and Hose
O BI 0.065" ’0.065"’
O BJ 0.083" ’0.083"’
O BK 0.109" ’0.109"’
O BL 0.12" ’0.12"’
O BM 0.25" ’0.25"’
O BN 0.375" ’0.375"’
O BO 0.5" ’0.5"’
O BP multi thk per reqn ’multi thk ??’
O MA 1.0 mm ’1.0 mm’
O MB 0.76 mm ’0.76 mm’
O ZZ ’’
495
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Pipe
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: P - PIPE
P OD Nipple, BE/MTE, 3" long ’Nipple, beveled x male threaded ends, 3" long’
P OE Nipple, BE/PE, 3" long ’Nipple, beveled x plain ends, 3" long’
P OF @@Nipple, MTE/PE, 3" long ’Nipple, male threaded x plain ends, 3" long’
P OH @@Nipple, BE, 4" long ’Nipple, beveled ends, 4" long’
P OI @@Nipple, MTE, 4" long ’Nipple, male threaded ends, 4" long’
P OJ @@Nipple, PE, 4" long ’Nipple, plain ends, 4" long’
P OK Nipple, BE/MTE, 4" long ’Nipple, beveled x male threaded ends, 4" long’
P OL Nipple, BE/PE, 4" long ’Nipple, beveled x plain ends, 4" long’
P OM @@Nipple, MTE/PE, 4" long ’Nipple, male threaded x plain ends, 4" long’
P OO @@Nipple, BE, 5" long ’Nipple, beveled ends, 5" long’
P OP @@Nipple, MTE, 5" long ’Nipple, male threaded ends, 5" long’
P OQ @@Nipple, PE, 5" long ’Nipple, plain ends, 5" long’
P OR Nipple, BE/MTE, 5" long ’Nipple, beveled x male threaded ends, 5" long’
P OS Nipple, BE/PE, 5" long ’Nipple, beveled x plain ends, 5" long’
P OT @@Nipple, MTE/PE, 5" long ’Nipple, male threaded x plain ends, 5" long’
P PA @@Nipple, BE, 6" long ’Nipple, beveled ends, 6" long’
P PB @@Nipple, MTE, 6" long ’Nipple, male threaded ends, 6" long’
P PC @@Nipple, PE, 6" long ’Nipple, plain ends, 6" long’
P PD Nipple, BE/MTE, 6" long ’Nipple, beveled x male threaded ends, 6" long’
P PE Nipple, BE/PE, 6" long ’Nipple, beveled x plain ends, 6" long’
P PF @@Nipple, MTE/PE, 6" long ’Nipple, male threaded x plain ends, 6" long’
P PH @@Nipple, BE, 7" long ’Nipple, beveled ends, 7" long’
P PI @@Nipple, MTE, 7" long ’Nipple, male threaded ends, 7" long’
P PJ @@Nipple, PE, 7" long ’Nipple, plain ends, 7" long’
P PK Nipple, BE/MTE, 7" long ’Nipple, beveled x male threaded ends, 7" long’
P PL Nipple, BE/PE, 7" long ’Nipple, beveled x plain ends, 7" long’
P PM @@Nipple, MTE/PE, 7" long ’Nipple, male threaded x plain ends, 7" long’
P PO Nipple, BE, 8" long ’Nipple, beveled ends, 8" long’
P PP @@Nipple, MTE, 8" long ’Nipple, male threaded ends, 8" long’
P PQ @@Nipple, PE, 8" long ’Nipple, plain ends, 8" long’
P PR Nipple, BE/MTE, 8" long ’Nipple, beveled x male threaded ends, 8" long’
P PS Nipple, BE/PE, 8" long ’Nipple, beveled x plain ends, 8" long’
P PT Nipple, MTE/PE, 8" long ’Nipple, male threaded x plain ends, 8" long’
P QA Nipple, BE, 9" long ’Nipple, beveled ends, 9" long’
P QB Nipple, MTE, 9" long ’Nipple, male threaded ends, 9" long’
P QC @@Nipple, PE, 9" long ’Nipple, plain ends, 9" long’
P QD Nipple, BE/MTE, 9" long ’Nipple, beveled x male threaded ends, 9" long’
P QE Nipple, BE/PE, 9" long ’Nipple, beveled x plain ends, 9" long’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
P QF Nipple, MTE/PE, 9" long ’Nipple, male threaded x plain ends, 9" long’
496
________________ Appendix D: Pipe
P AA @@smls ’seamless’
P AD @@EFW, long seam, 100% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, 100% joint
quality’
P AE EFW, long seam, Cl.42 100% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, Cl.42 100% joint
quality’
P AF EFW, long seam, 100% X-RAY ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, 100% X-ray 100%
joint quality’
P AG @@EFW, long seam, Cl.1, 100% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, Cl.1, 100% joint
quality’
P AN cast, 100% CQ ’cast, 100% casting quality’
P AO @@long seam, Cl.22, 100% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, Cl.22, 100% joint
quality’
P AP EFW, long seam, Cl.12 100% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, Cl.12 100% joint
quality’
P AX @@ ’’
P BA forged & bored ’forged & bored’
P CT spool ’spool’
P GA cast, 90% CQ ’cast, 90% casting quality’
P GF EFW, long seam, 90% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, spot X-ray, 90%
joint quality’
P JA @@ERW, long seam, 85% JQ ’electric resistance welded, longitudinal seam, 85% joint
quality’
P JD ERW, long seam, Cl.II, 85% JQ ’electric resistance, welded longitudinal seam, Cl.II, 85%
joint quality’
P JG @@EFW, long seam, 85% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, double buttwelded,
85% joint quality’
P JN @@EFW, long seam, Cl.2, 85% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, Cl.2, 85% joint
quality’
P JR EFW, long seam, Cl.10 85% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, DSAW, Cl.10, 85%
joint quality’
P JS SAW, long seam, 85% JQ ’submerged arc welded, longitudinal seam, 85% joint quality’
P JT DSAW, spiral seam, 85% JQ ’double submerged arc welded, spiral seam, 85% joint quality’
P JU DSAW, long seam, 85% JQ ’double submerged arc welded, longitudinal seam, 85% joint
quality’
P JV @@DSAW, long seam, 95% JQ ’double submerged arc welded, longitudinal seam, 95% joint
quality’
P MA EFW, long seam, 80% JQ ’electric fusion welded, longitudinal seam, single welded, 80%
joint quality’
P PB EFW, spiral seam, 85% JQ ’electric fusion weld, spiral seam, 85% joint quality’
P PC EFW, long seam, 75% JQ ’electric fusion weld, longitudinal seam, 75% joint quality’
P WA BW, 60% JQ ’buttweld, 60% joint quality’
P ZZ @@ ’ ’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
P AN S-140 ’Sch 140’
497
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
498
________________ Appendix D: Pipe
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
P NK 11.0 mm ’11.0 mm’
P NL 14.0 mm ’14.0 mm’
P NM 18.0 mm ’18.0 mm’
P NN 22.0 mm ’22.0 mm’
P NO 28.0 mm ’28.0 mm’
P NP 32.0 mm ’32.0 mm’
P NQ 38.0 mm ’38.0 mm’
P NR 45.0 mm ’45.0 mm’
P NS 55.0 mm ’55.0 mm’
P NT 70.0 mm ’70.0 mm’
P NU 90.0 mm ’90.0 mm’
P PA 3.2 mm ’3.2 mm (0.125")’
P PB 4.8 mm ’4.8 mm (0.188")’
P PC 6.4 mm ’6.4 mm (0.25")’
P PD 7.9 mm ’7.9 mm (0.312")’
P PE 9.5 mm ’9.5 mm (0.375")’
P PF 11.1 mm ’11.1 mm (0.438")’
P PG 12.7 mm ’12.7 mm (0.5")’
P PH 14.3 mm ’14.3 mm (0.562")’
P PI 15.9 mm ’15.9 mm (0.625")’
P PJ 17.5 mm ’17.5 mm (0.688")’
P PK 19.1 mm ’19.1 mm (0.75")’
P PL 20.6 mm ’20.6 mm (0.812")’
P PM 22.2 mm ’22.2 mm (0.875")’
P PN 23.8 mm ’23.8 mm (0.938")’
P PO 25.4 mm ’25.4 mm (1")’
P PP 27.0 mm ’27.0 mm (1.062")’
P PQ 28.6 mm ’28.6 mm (1.125")’
P PR 30.2 mm ’30.2 mm (1.188")’
P PS 31.8 mm ’31.8 mm (1.25")’
P PT 37.0 mm ’37.0 mm’
P PU 34.0 mm ’34.0 mm’
P PV 39.0 mm ’39.0 mm’
P PW 56.0 mm ’56.0 mm’
P PX 41.0 mm ’41.0 mm’
P PY 42.0 mm ’42.0 mm’
P PZ 29.0 mm ’29.0 mm’
P QA 43.0 mm ’43.0 mm’
P QB 44.0 mm ’44.0 mm’
P QC 45.0 mm ’45.0 mm’
P QD 46.0 mm ’46.0 mm’
P QE 47.0 mm ’47.0 mm’
P QF 26.0 mm ’26.0 mm’
P QH 48.0 mm ’48.00 mm’
P UH CL50 ’Class 50’
P UI CL51 ’Class 51’
P UJ CL52 ’Class 52’
P UK @@thk per reqnt ’thickness per reqnt’
P VA @@Wall-A ’Wall-A’
P VB @@Wall-B ’Wall-B’
P VC @@Wall-C ’Wall-C’
P ZZ @@ ’’
499
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
P ABA @@ASME-SA53-B ’ASME-SA53 Gr.B’
P ABB API-5L-B ’API-5L Gr.B, 200 BHN max’
P ABC API-5L-B, w/PWHT ’API-5L Gr.B, w/PWHT’
P ABD @@ASTM-A671-CC70 Cl.22, impact at -50 degF ’ASTM-A671 Gr.CC70 Cl.22, impact at -50 degF’
P ABE ASTM-A672-C60 Cl.22 ’ASTM-A672 Gr.C60 Cl.22’
P ABH @@ASME-SA106-B ’ASME-SA106 Gr.B’
P ABL @@ASTM-A333-6 ’ASTM-A333 Gr.6’
P ABS API-5L-A ’API-5L Gr.A’
P ABT @@API-5L-B ’API-5L Gr.B’
P ABU API-5L-B ’API-5L Gr.B, 22 HRC max’
P ACS API-5L-A ’API-5L Gr.A, cold expanded’
P ACT API-5L-B ’API-5L Gr.B, cold expanded’
P AXZ CS ’CS’
P EEA ASTM-A335-P1 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P1, C-0.5Mo’
P EEB ASTM-A335-P15 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P15, C-1-1.5Si-0.5Mo’
P EXZ carbon moly ’carbon moly’
P EZZ ASTM-A691-CM70 ’ASTM-A691 Gr.CM70, carbon moly’
P FAA ASTM-A691-5Cr ’ASTM-A691 Gr.5Cr’
P FAC ASTM-A691-1.25Cr ’ASTM-A691 Gr.1.25Cr’
P FAD ASTM-A691/A387-P9 ’ASTM-A691/A387 Gr.P9’
P FAE ASTM-A691-2.25Cr ’ASTM-A691 Gr.2.25Cr, 2.25Cr-0.5Mo’
P FFB ASTM-A335-P12 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P12, 1Cr-0.5Mo’
P FFC @@ASTM-A335-P11 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P11’
P FFF ASTM-A335-P22 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
P FFG ASTM-A335-P21 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P21, 3Cr-1Mo’
P FFH @@ASTM-A335-P5 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P5’
P FFI ASTM-A335-P5B ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P5B, 5Cr-0.5Mo-1.5Si’
P FFJ ASTM-A335-P5C ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P5C, 5Cr-0.5Mo-Ti or Cb’
P FFK ASTM-A335-P7 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P7, 7Cr-0.5Mo’
P FFL @@ASTM-A335-P9 ’ASTM-A335 Gr.P9’
P FGA ASTM-A336-F11 ’ASTM-A336 Gr.F11, 1.25Cr-0.5Mo’
P FGB ASTM-A336-F22 ’ASTM-A336 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
P FGC ASTM-A336-F21 ’ASTM-A336 Gr.F21, 3Cr-1Mo’
P FGE ASTM-A336-F22 ’ASTM-A336 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
P FXZ chrome ’chrome’
P GAC ASME-SA691-1.25Cr ’ASME-SA691 Gr.1.25Cr’
P GFD @@ASME-SA335-P11 ’ASME-SA335 Gr.P11’
P GFF ASME-SA335-P22 ’ASME-SA335 Gr.P22, 2.25Cr-0.5Mo’
P IIA @@ASTM-A312-TP304 ’ASTM-A312 Type 304’
P IIB @@ASTM-A312-TP304L ’ASTM-A312 Type 304L’
P IIC ASTM-A312-TP316L, w/0.03% C max ’ASTM-A312 Type 316L, w/0.03% C max’
P IID ASTM-A312-TP309 ’ASTM-A312 Type 309’
P IIE ASTM-A312-TP310 ’ASTM-A312 Type 310’
P IIF @@ASTM-A312-TP316 ’ASTM-A312 Type 316’
P IIG ASTM-A312-TP316L ’ASTM-A312 Type 316L’
P IIH ASME-SA312-TP316L ’ASME-SA312 Type 316L’
P III ASTM-A312-TP317 ’ASTM-A312 Type 317’
P IIJ @@ASTM-A312-TP321 ’ASTM-A312 Type 321’
P IIK ASTM-A312-TP321H ’ASTM-A312 Type 321H’
P IIL ASTM-A312-TP347 ’ASTM-A312 Type 347’
P IIM ASTM-A312-TP347H ’ASTM-A312 Type 347H’
P IIN ASTM-A312-TP348 ’ASTM-A312 Type 348’
P IIO ASTM-A312-TP348H ’ASTM-A312 Type 348H’
P IIP ASTM-A312-TP304H ’ASTM-A312 Type 304H’
P IIQ @@ASTM-A358-304 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304’
P IIR ASTM-A358-309 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.309’
P IIS ASTM-A358-310 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.310’
P IIT ASTM-A358-316 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.316’
P IIU ASTM-A358-321 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.321’
P IIV ASTM-A358-347 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.347’
P IIW ASTM-A358-348 ’ASTM-A358 Gr.348’
P IIX ASTM-A358-304L ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304L’
P IIY ASTM-A358-316L ’ASTM-A358 Gr.316L’
P IIZ ASTM-A358-304H ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304H’
P IJQ ASTM-A409-TP304 ’ASTM-A409 Type 304’
P IJR ASTM-A409-TP304L ’ASTM-A409 Type 304L’
P IJS ASTM-A409-TP304, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A409 Type 304, impact at -325 degF’
P IJT ASTM-A409-TP316, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A409 Type 316, impact at -325 degF’
P IJU ASTM-A409-TP316 ’ASTM-A409 Type 316’
500
________________ Appendix D: Pipe
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
P IJV ASTM-A409-TP316L ’ASTM-A409 Type 316L’
P IJX @@ASTM-A358-304, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A358 Gr.304, impact at -325 degF’
P IJY ASTM-A358-316, impact at -325 degF ’ASTM-A358 Gr.316, A240 TP 316, impact at -325 degF’
P IKH ASTM-A297-HF modified ’ASTM-A297 Gr.HF modified’
P IKI ASTM-A451-CPH 20 ’ASTM-A451 Gr.CPH-20’
P IKJ ASTM-A451-HF modified ’ASTM-A451 Gr.HF modified’
P IXZ SS ’SS’
P MLF ASTM-A333-3 ’ASTM-A333 Gr.3, 3.5Ni’
P MLI ASTM-A333-4 ’ASTM-A333 Gr.4, Cr-Cu, Ni’
P MLS ASTM-A333-8 ’ASTM-A333 Gr.8, 9Ni’
P OAA ASTM-B407 Incoloy ’ASTM-B407 UNS N08800, Incoloy, cold drawn annealed’
P OAB ASTM-B514 ’ASTM-B514 category 2, UNS N08800’
P PAA ASTM-B464 Alloy 20 ’ASTM-B464, UNS N08020, Alloy 20’
P SRF ASTM-B241-6063-T6 ’ASTM-B241 Alloy 6063-T6, as welded, T & Y tests required’
P SRG ASTM-B241-6061-T6 ’ASTM-B241 Alloy 6061-T6, as welded, T & Y tests required’
P SRH ASTM-B241-6061-T6 ’ASTM-B241 Alloy 6061-T6, aluminum, seamless’
P SRJ ASTM-B241-3003-H112 ’ASTM-B241 Alloy 3003-H112, use annealed stresses’
P SRS ASTM-B209-6061-T6 ’ASTM-B209 Alloy 6061-T6, use welded stresses’
P SRT ASTM-B209-6061-T6 ’ASTM-B209 Alloy 6061-T6, tol to A358, use welded stresses’
P SRU @@ASTM-B168-600 ’ASTM-B168 Gr.600 UNS N06600, annealed & pickled’
P SRV @@ASTM-B167-600 ’ASTM-B167 Gr.600 UNS N06600, cold drawn, annealed & pickled’
P TAA ASTM-F441 CPVC ’ASTM-F441 Cl.23447-B CPVC’
P TAB @@ASTM-D1785 PVC ’ASTM-D1785 Cl.12454-B PVC’
P UAA ASTM-D2996, epoxy lined ’ASTM-D2996-RTRP-11FE, reinforced epoxy lined’
P VAA @@ASTM-A74 w/rubber gskt ’ASTM-A74 w/preformed rubber gasket per ASTM-C564’
P VBA @@AWWA-C151, dbl thk cement lined w/gskt ’ANSI/AWWA-C151/A21.51, double thickness cement lined, asphalt
coated, w/preformed rubber gasket per ANSI/AWWA-C111/A21.11’
P VBB @AWWA-C151 dbl cmnt lind w/gskt,glnd & blt ’ANSI/AWWA-C151/A21.51, double thickness cement lined, asphalt
coated, mechanical joint w/preformed rubber gasket per
ANSI/AWWA-C111/A21.11, gland & bolts’
P VCA @@ASTM-C700 w/polyurethane compr coupl ’ASTM-C700 w/bonded polyurethane compression coupling per
ASTM-C425’
P VDA ASTM-C76 Cl-I w/rubber gskt ’ASTM-C76 Cl-I w/rubber gasket per ASTM-C443’
P VDB ASTM-C76 Cl-II w/rubber gskt ’ASTM-C76 Cl-II w/rubber gasket per ASTM-C443’
P VDC @@ASTM-C76 Cl-III w/rubber gskt ’ASTM-C76 Cl-III w/rubber gasket per ASTM-C443’
P VDD ASTM-C76 Cl-IV w/rubber gskt ’ASTM-C76 Cl-IV w/rubber gasket per ASTM-C443’
P VDE @@ASTM-C76 Cl-III ’ASTM-C76 Cl-III’
P WAA API-5L-B/cement ’API-5L Gr.B, cement lined’
P WAB API-5L-B/cement ’API-5L Gr.B, cement lined’
P WAC API-5L-B/T&W ’API-5L Gr.B, treated & wrapped’
P WAD ASTM-A53-B/cement/T&W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, cement lined, treated & wrapped’
P WAE ASTM-A53-B/T&W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, treated & wrapped’
P WAF ASTM-A53-B/alum/T&W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, aluminized, treated & wrapped’
P WXJ ASTM-A106-B/T&W ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, treated & wrapped’
P WXK ASTM-A106/epoxy ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, epoxy coated’
P WXL ASTM-A106-B/alum/T&W ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, aluminized, treated & wrapped’
P WXM @@ASTM-A53-B, cement lined/T&W ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, cement lined, treated & wrapped’
P WXN ASTM-A53-B/T&W/galv ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, treated & wrapped, galvanized’
P WXV ASTM-A106-B/T&W/galv ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B, treated & wrapped, galvanized’
P WXW API-5L-B, epoxy lined ’API-5L Gr.B, epoxy lined’
P WXX ASTM-A53-B, epoxy lined ’ASTM-A53 Gr.B, epoxy lined’
P WXY API-5L-B/epoxy, w/CL150 ’API-5L Gr.B, epoxy lined, w/CL150 flanges’
Codes
D. Commodity
501
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Socket Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: Q - SOCKET FITTINGS
Q Z @@ ’’
Q R cemented ’cemented’
Q U insul ’insulating’
Q Z @@ ’’
502
________________ Appendix D: Tubing Fittings
Tubing Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: R - TUBING FITTINGS
503
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
R Z ’’
R Z ’’
504
________________ Appendix D: Tubing Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
R NPX brass ’brass, Imperial Poly-Flo to Hi-Duty’
R NPY brass flare ’brass flare’
R ONF Hast B ’Hastelloy B, Swagelok’
R ONH Monel ’Monel’
R ONJ Monel ’Monel, Swagelok’
R ONO nickel ’nickel’
R SRH aluminum ’aluminum’
R SRS aluminum ’aluminum, Swagelok, no equal’
R SRU aluminum ’aluminum, Imperial Hi-Seal’
R TUA black plastic ’black plastic, American Pamcor, Amp-Fit’
R TUF polyethylene ’polyethylene’
R TUL polystyrene ’polystyrene’
R TUY Teflon, w/ferrule, nut & split sleeve ’Teflon body w/ferrule, Kynar nut & KEL-F split sleeve’
Codes
D. Commodity
505
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Socketwelded Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: S - SOCKETWELDED FITTINGS
S A CL150 ’CL150’
S B CL300 ’CL300’
S G CL2500 ’CL2500’
S Q @@CL3000 ’CL3000’
S R @@CL6000 ’CL6000’
S S @@CL9000 ’CL9000’
S Z ’’
S R cemented ’cemented’
S U insul ’insulating’
S V round bar ’round barstock’
S W hex bar ’hex barstock’
S X API ’API’
S Z @@ ’’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
S GFF ASME-SA182-F22 ’ASME-SA182 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
506
________________ Appendix D: Socketwelded Fittings
Codes
D. Commodity
507
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Threaded Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: T - THREADED FITTINGS
T A CL150 ’CL150’
T B @@CL300 ’CL300’
T G CL2500 ’CL2500’
T L CL125 ’CL125’
T M CL250 ’CL250’
T P CL2000 ’CL2000’
T Q @@CL3000 ’CL3000’
T R @@CL6000 ’CL6000’
T S CL9000 ’CL9000’
T Z @@ ’’
508
________________ Appendix D: Threaded Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
T AAA @@ASTM-A105 ’ASTM-A105’
T AAE ASTM-A106-B ’ASTM-A106 Gr.B’
T AAF ASTM-A106-A ’ASTM-A106 Gr.A’
T AAM ASTM-A105, alum ’ASTM-A105, aluminized to ASTM-A676’
T AAN @@ASTM-A105, galv ’ASTM-A105, galvanized’
T AAT API-5L-B ’API-5L Gr.B’
T AAU ASTM-A108-G10180 ’ASTM-A108 UNS G10180’
T AAX AISI-1018 ’AISI-1018 barstock’
T AAY AISI-1018 ’AISI-1025 barstock’
T AAZ AISI-4140 ’AISI-4140 barstock’
T ABB @@ASTM-A350-LF2 ’ASTM-A350 Gr.LF2’
T ABE @@ASME-SA105 ’ASME-SA105’
T EEA ASTM-A182-F1 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F1 UNS K12822, C-0.5Mo’
T EEC ASTM-A182-F1 mod ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F1, C-0.5Mo modified, w/0.5Cr’
T FFB ASTM-A182-F12 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F12, 1Cr-0.5Mo’
T FFC @@ASTM-A182-F11 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F11’
T FFF ASTM-A182-F22 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
T FFG ASTM-A182-F21 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F21, 3Cr-1Mo’
T FFH @@ASTM-A182-F5 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F5’
T FFI ASTM-A182-F5A ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F5A, 5Cr-0.5Mo’
T FFK ASTM-A182-F7 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F7, 7Cr-0.5Mo’
T FFL @@ASTM-A182-F9 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F9’
T GFD @@ASME-SA182-F11 ’ASME-SA182 Gr.F11’
T GFF ASME-SA182-F22 ’ASME-SA182 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
T HIO ASTM-A276-TP410 ’ASTM-A276 Type 410’
T IIA @@ASTM-A182-F304 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304’
T IIB @@ASTM-A182-F304L ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304L’
T IIE ASTM-A182-F310 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F310’
T IIF @@ASTM-A182-F316 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316’
T IIG ASTM-A182-F316L ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L’
T IIH ASTM-A182-F316L, w/0.030% C max ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L, w/0.030% C max’
T IIJ @@ASTM-A182-F321 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F321’
T IIL ASTM-A182-F347 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F347’
T IIN ASTM-A182-F348 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F348’
T IIP ASTM-A182-F304H ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304H’
T IIQ ASTM-A276-TP304 ’ASTM-A276 Type 304, barstock’
T IIR ASTM-A276-TP304L ’ASTM-A276 Type 304L, barstock’
T IIU ASTM-A276-TP316L ’ASTM-A276 Type 316L, barstock’
T IIV ASTM-A276-TP316 ’ASTM-A276 Type 316, barstock’
T IIW ASTM-A276-TP347 ’ASTM-A276 Type 347, barstock’
T IIY ASTM-A182-F347H ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F347H’
T IJF ASTM-A182-F316L, special ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L, w/0.035% C max, 12% Ni min, 2.2% Mo min’
T IJK ASTM-A182-F316, modified ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316 modified, w/0.03% C max, 11.5% Ni min’
T IJL ASTM-A182-F316L ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L, w/11.5% Ni min’
T MLF ASTM-A350-LF3 ’ASTM-A350 Gr.LF3, 3.5Ni’
T NAB ASTM-B16 ’ASTM-B16 UNS C36000, brass’
T NAC Cu/steel ’copper/ASTM-A105’
T NPE brass ’brass’
T OAA ASTM-B564 ’ASTM-B564 UNS NO4400, Monel’
T OAD @@ASTM-B366-WPNC1 ’ASTM-B366 Gr.WPNC1 UNS N06600’
T OND ASTM-B366 ’ASTM-B366 Gr.WPNC, Monel’
T PAA ASTM-B462 ’ASTM-B462 UNS NO8020, Alloy 20’
T SRG aluminum ’ASTM-B247, Alloy 6061-T6, aluminum’
T SRJ aluminum ’ASTM-B247, Alloy 3003-HII2, aluminum’
T SRS aluminum ’ASTM-B221, Alloy 6061-T6’
T SRU aluminum ’ASTM-B26, Alloy GS42-A’
T TAA ASTM-F439 CPVC ’ASTM-F439 Cl.23447-B CPVC’
T TAB ASTM-D2467 PVC ’ASTM-D2467 Cl.12454-B PVC’
T WAA ASTM-A105 T&W ’ASTM-A105 treated & wrapped’
T WAB ASTM-A105, alum, T&W ’ASTM-A105, aluminized, treated & wrapped’
T ZDK ASTM-A338 Mall, galv ’ASTM-A338, malleable iron, galvanized’
Codes
D. Commodity
T ZDL ASTM-A395 DI, galv ’ASTM-A395, ductile iron, galvanized’
T ZDM ASTM-A395 DI ’ASTM-A395, ductile iron’
T ZDP @@ASTM-A197 malleable iron, galv ’ASTM-A197 malleable iron, galvanized’
509
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Underground Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: U - UNDERGROUND FITTINGS
U A CL25 ’CL25’
U B CL125 ’CL125’
U C CL150 ’CL150’
U D CL175 ’CL175’
U E @@CL250 ’CL250’
U F CL300 ’CL300’
U G @@CL350 ’CL350’
U Z @@ ’’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
U A @@CL125 ANSI-B16.1 drilling ’CL 125 ANSI-B16.1 drilling’
U Z @@ ’’
510
________________ Appendix D: Underground Fittings
U VAA @@ASTM-A74 w/rubber gskt ’ASTM-A74 w/preformed rubber gasket per ASTM-C564’
U VBA AWWA-C110, dbl thk cement lined w/gskt ’ANSI/AWWA-C110/A21.10, double thickness cement lined, asphalt
coated, push-on joint w/preformed rubber gasket per
ANSI/AWWA-C111/A21.11’
U VBB @AWWA-C110, dbl cmnt lnd w/gskt,glnd & blt ’ANSI/AWWA-C110/A21.10, double thickness cement lined, asphalt
coated, mechanical w/preformed rubber gasket per
ANSI/AWWA-C111/A21.11, gland & bolts’
U VBC AWWA-C110 w/gskt ’ANSI/AWWA-C110/A21.10, asphalt coated, push-on joint
w/preformed rubber gasket per ANSI/AWWA-C111/A21.11’
U VBD AWWA-C110 w/gskt,glnd & blt ’ANSI/AWWA-C110/A21.10, asphalt coated, mechanical w/preformed
rubber gasket per ANSI/AWWA-C111/A21.11, gland & bolts’
U VCA @@ASTM-C700 w/polyurethane compr coupl ’ASTM-C700 w/bonded polyurethane compression coupling per
ASTM-C425’
U VCB @@polyurethane/clay ’polyurethane/clay’
U VGH @@ASTM-A74 w/brass plug ’ASTM-A74 w/brass plug’
U VGI @@AWWA-C110, dbl thk cement lined ’ANSI/AWWA-C110/A21.10 double thickness cement lined, asphalt
coated’
Codes
D. Commodity
511
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Valves
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: V - VALVES
V A @@CL150 ’CL150’
V B @@CL300 ’CL300’
V C @@CL400 ’CL400’
V D @@CL600 ’CL600’
V E @@CL900 ’CL900’
V F @@CL1500 ’CL1500’
V G CL2500 ’CL2500’
V H CL4500 ’CL4500’
V K CL75 ’CL75’
V L @@CL125 ’CL125’
V M CL250 ’CL250’
V N @@CL200 ’CL200’
V O CL2000 ’CL2000’
V P CL3000 ’CL3000’
V Q CL5000 ’CL5000’
V R CL10000 ’CL10000’
V S CL15000 ’CL15000’
V T CL20000 ’CL20000’
V U @@CL800 ’CL800’
V V 3000 WOG ’3000 WOG’
V W 6000 WOG ’6000 WOG’
V X @@rating per reqn ’rating ??’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
V U tube conn ’tubing connection’
512
________________ Appendix D: Valves
513
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
V AN @@Bonney Forge L3-10 ’Bonney Forge L3-10’
V AO @@Bonney Forge HL-30 ’Bonney Forge HL-30’
V AP @@Bonney Forge HL-50 ’Bonney Forge HL-50’
V AQ @@Bonney Forge H9F-12 ’Bonney Forge H9F-12’
V AR @@Bonney Forge Y9-42 ’Bonney Forge Y9-42’
V AS @@Bonney Forge W9-10 ’Bonney Forge W9-10’
V AT @@Bonney Forge H9F-10 ’Bonney Forge H9F-10’
V AU @@Bonney Forge W9-30 ’Bonney Forge W9-30’
V AV @@Bonney Forge W9-50 ’Bonney Forge W9-50’
V AW @@Bonney Forge L6-10 ’Bonney Forge L6-10’
V AX @@Bonney Forge HL-10 ’Bonney Forge HL-10’
V AY @@Bonney Forge H9F-16 ’Bonney Forge H9F-16’
V AZ @@Bonney Forge Y9-46 ’Bonney Forge Y9-46’
V BA @@Bonney Forge W9-11 ’Bonney Forge W9-11’
V BB @@Bonney Forge W9-31 ’Bonney Forge W9-31’
V BC @@Bonney Forge W9-41 ’Bonney Forge W9-41’
V BD @@Bonney Forge Y9-40 ’Bonney Forge Y9-40’
V BE @@Bonney Forge W9-40 ’Bonney Forge W9-40’
V BF @@Bonney Forge W9-36 ’Bonney Forge W9-36’
V BG @@Bonney Forge H9F-30 ’Bonney Forge H9F-30’
V BH @@Bonney Forge H9F-50 ’Bonney Forge H9F-50’
V BI @@Bonney Forge W9-46 ’Bonney Forge W9-46’
V CA @@Crane 33 ’Crane 33’
V CB @@Crane 33 1/2 ’Crane 33 1/2’
V CC @@Crane 47 ’Crane 47’
V CD Crane 55 ’Crane 55’
V CE @@Crane 76 ’Crane 76’
V CF @@Crane 143 ’Crane 143’
V CG @@Crane 151 ’Crane 151’
V CH @@Crane 151 1/2 ’Crane 151 1/2’
V CI @@Crane 787 ’Crane 787’
V CJ Crane 1523 ’Crane 1523’
V CK @@Crane 7189 ’Crane 7189’
V CL @@Crane 9302 ’Crane 9302’
V CM @@Crane B-3655 ’Crane B-3655’
V CN @@Crane B-3663 ’Crane B-3663’
V CO @@Crane 47, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends ’Crane 47, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V CP @@Crane 55, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends ’Crane 55, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V CQ @@Crane 14 1/2 P ’Crane 14 1/2 P’
V CR @@Crane 36 ’Crane 36’
V CS @@Crane 431 UB ’Crane 431 UB’
V CT @@Crane 33, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends ’Crane 33, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V CU @@Crane 88 ’Crane 88’
V CW @@Crane 1523 1/2 ’Crane 1523 1/2’
V CX @@Crane 137 ’Crane 137’
V CY @@Crane 76 1/2 ’Crane 76 1/2’
V CZ @@Crane 171 1/2 ’Crane 171 1/2’
V DA @@Crane 171 ’Crane 171’
V DB @@Crane 87 ’Crane 87’
V DC @@Crane 189 ’Crane 189’
V DD @@Crane 373 ’Crane 373’
V EA @@Rockwell 1925 ’Rockwell 1925’
V EB @@Rockwell 1945 ’Rockwell 1945’
V EC @@Rockwell 4149 ’Rockwell 4149’
V ED @@Rockwell McCanna S151 ’Rockwell McCanna S151’
V EE @@Rockwell Edward 36124 ’Rockwell Edward 36124’
V EF @@Rockwell Edward 36128 ’Rockwell Edward 36128’
V EG @@Rockwell 2245 ’Rockwell 2245’
V EH @@Rockwell Edward 7514Y ’Rockwell Edward 7514Y’
V EI @@Rockwell McCanna S301 ’Rockwell Mc CannaS301’
V EJ @@Rockwell 2025 ’Rockwell 2025’
V EK @@Rockwell 2045 ’Rockwell 2045’
V EL @@Rockwell 4249 ’Rockwell 4249’
V EM @@Rockwell 2249 ’Rockwell 2249’
V EN @@Rockwell 4749 ’Rockwell 4749’
V EO @@Rockwell Edward 36178 ’Rockwell Edward 36178’
V EP Rockwell Edward 832Y ’Rockwell Edward 832Y’
V EQ Rockwell Edward 670Y ’Rockwell Edward 670Y’
V ER Rockwell Edward 36174 ’Rockwell Edward 36174’
V ES Rockwell Edward 1570Y ’Rockwell Edward 1570Y’
V ET Rockwell Edward 607Y ’Rockwell Edward 607Y’
V EU Rockwell Edward 4007Y ’Rockwell Edward 4007Y’
V EV Rockwell Edward 7507Y ’Rockwell Edward 7507Y’
V EW Rockwell Edward 1641Y ’Rockwell Edward 1641Y’
V EX Rockwell Edward 36164 ’Rockwell Edward 36164’
514
________________ Appendix D: Valves
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
V EY Rockwell Edward 7502Y ’Rockwell Edward 7502Y’
V EZ Rockwell Edward 36168 ’Rockwell Edward 36168’
V FA Rockwell Edward 66124 ’Rockwell Edward 66124’
V FB Rockwell Edward 66128 ’Rockwell Edward 66128’
V FC @@Rockwell 1947 ’Rockwell 1947’
V FW Watts 900 ’Watts 900’
V FX Watts 909 ’Watts 909’
V GA @@Smith 800 ’Smith 800’
V GB @@Smith 870 ’Smith 870’
V GC @@Smith 888 ’Smith 888’
V GD @@Smith 5870 ’Smith 5870’
V GE @@Smith 1500 ’Smith 1500’
V GF @@Smith 1570 ’Smith 1570’
V GG @@Smith 815 ’Smith 815’
V GH @@Smith 830 ’Smith 830’
V GI @@Smith G80 ’Smith G80’
V GJ @@Smith G87 ’Smith G87’
V GK @@Smith G150 ’Smith G150’
V GL @@Smith G157 ’Smith G157’
V GM @@Smith SB80 ’Smith SB80’
V GN @@Smith C150 ’Smith C150’
V GO @@Smith 860 ’Smith 860’
V GP @@Smith G83 ’Smith G83’
V GQ @@Smith C83 ’Smith C83’
V GR Smith B80 ’Smith B80’
V GS Smith 411F ’Smith 411F’
V GT Smith 411T ’Smith 411T’
V HA ITT Grinnell Cam-Tite 3010-1-3 ’ITT Grinnell Cam-Tite 3010-1-3’
V HB ITT Grinnell Cam-Tite 3014-1-3 ’ITT Grinnell Cam-Tite 3014-1-3’
V HP Hancock 5505W ’Hancock 5505W’
V HQ Hancock 7105W ’Hancock 7105W’
V IA @@Jamesbury 4CB ’Jamesbury 4CB’
V IB @@Jamesbury 5150 ’Jamesbury 5150’
V IC @@Jamesbury 5300 ’Jamesbury 5300’
V ID @@Jamesbury A11 ’Jamesbury A11’
V IE @@Jamesbury 4AB ’Jamesbury 4AB’
V IF @@Jamesbury A11 ’Jamesbury A11’
V JA @@Stockham D623 ’Stockham D623’
V JB @@Stockham D512 ’Stockham D512’
V JC @@Stockham D931 ’Stockham D931’
V KA Hex HG-651 ’Hex HG-651’
V KB Hex HG-463 ’Hex HG-463’
V KC Hex HG-461 ’Hex HG-461’
V KD Hex HB-241 ’Hex HB-241’
V KE Hex HB-521 ’Hex HB-521’
V KF Hex HB-501 ’Hex HB-501’
V KH Hex HN-491 ’Hex HN-491’
V KI Hex HM-571 ’Hex HM-571’
V KJ Hex HM-451 ’Hex HM-451’
V KK Hex HM-131 ’Hex HM-131’
V LA @@Mission Duo Chek II 15 ’Mission Duo Chek II 15’
V LB @@Mission Duo Chek II 30 ’Mission Duo Chek II 30’
V LC @@Mission Duo Chek II 30 for MSS-SP-44 ’Mission Duo Chek II 30 for MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V LD @@Mission Duo Chek II 15 for MSS-SP-44 ’Mission Duo Chek II 15 for MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V LE @@Mission Duo Chek II 60 ’Mission Duo Chek II 60’
V LF @@Mission Duo Chek II 12 ’Mission Duo Chek II 12’
V MA @@Aloyco 2214-A ’Aloyco 2214-A’
V MB @@Aloyco 2314-A ’Aloyco 2314-A’
V MC @@Aloyco 374 ’Aloyco 374’
V MD @@Aloyco 377 ’Aloyco 377’
V ME @@Aloyco 114 ’Aloyco 114’
Codes
D. Commodity
V MF @@Aloyco 117 ’Aloyco 117’
V MG @@Aloyco 317 ’Aloyco 317’
V MH @@Aloyco 2117 ’Aloyco 2117’
V MI @@Aloyco 110 ’Aloyco 110’
V MJ @@Aloyco 114EB ’Aloyco 114EB’
V MK @@Aloyco 117EB ’Aloyco 117EB’
V ML @@Aloyco 2117EB ’Aloyco 2117EB’
V MM @@Aloyco 314 ’Aloyco 314’
V MN @@Aloyco 314EB ’Aloyco 314EB’
V MO @@Aloyco 317EB ’Aloyco 317EB’
515
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
V MP @@Aloyco 2317A ’Aloyco 2317A’
V MQ @@Aloyco 2374 ’Aloyco 2374’
V MR @@Aloyco 2377 ’Aloyco 2377’
V MS @@Aloyco 110EB ’Aloyco 110EB’
V MT @@Aloyco 2110 ’Aloyco 2110’
V MU @@Aloyco 2114 ’Aloyco 2114’
V MV Aloyco 2117A ’Aloyco 2117A’
V MW Aloyco 2210A ’Aloyco 2110A’
V MX Aloyco 4217A ’Aloyco 4217A’
V MY Aloyco 4227 ’Aloyco 4227’
V MZ Aloyco 4210A ’Aloyco 4210A’
V NA Aloyco 4214A ’Aloyco 4214A’
V NB Aloyco 2317 ’Aloyco 2317’
V NC Aloyco 4327 ’Aloyco 4327’
V ND Aloyco 4314A ’Aloyco 4314A’
V NE Aloyco 374 ’Aloyco 374’
V NF Aloyco 4387 ’Aloyco 4387’
V NG Aloyco 4374 ’Aloyco 4374’
V NH Aloyco 62 ’Aloyco 62’
V OA @@Pacific 160 ’Pacific 160’
V OB @@Pacific 180 ’Pacific 180’
V OC @@Pacific 380 ’Pacific 380’
V OD @@Pacific 660 ’Pacific 660’
V OE @@Pacific 680 ’Pacific 680’
V OF @@Pacific 1584 ’Pacific 1584’
V OG @@Pacific 2155 ’Pacific 2155’
V OH @@Pacific 2355 ’Pacific 2355’
V OI @@Pacific 2655 ’Pacific 2655’
V OJ @@Pacific 55515 ’Pacific 55515’
V OK @@Pacific 56009 ’Pacific 56009’
V OL @@Pacific 56015 ’Pacific 56015’
V OM Pacific 58009 ’Pacific 58009’
V ON @@Pacific 58815 ’Pacific 58815’
V OO @@Pacific 180, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends ’Pacific 180, w/MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V OP @@Pacific 21555 ’Pacific 21555’
V OQ @@Pacific 360 ’Pacific 360’
V OR @@Pacific 55509 ’Pacific 55509’
V OS @@Pacific 58809 ’Pacific 58809’
V OT Pacific 350 ’Pacific 350’
V OU @@Pacific 2955 ’Pacific 2955’
V OV @@Pacific 21553 ’Pacific 21553’
V OW Pacific 56509 ’Pacific 56509’
V OX @@Pacific 1550 ’Pacific 1550’
V OY @@Pacific 960 ’Pacific 960’
V OZ @@Pacific 984 ’Pacific 984’
V QA @@Pratt PIVA ’Pratt PIVA’
V QB @@Pratt GROUNDHOG ’Pratt GROUNDHOG’
V QK @@Posi-Seal Phoenix III 232 ’Posi-Seal Phoenix III 232’
V QL @@Posi-Seal Phoenix III 232 for MSS-SP-44 ’Posi-Seal Phoenix III 232 for MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V QM @@Posi-Seal Phoenix III 242 ’Posi-Seal Phoenix III 242’
V QN @@Posi-Seal Phoenix III 242 for MSS-SP-44 ’Posi-Seal Phoenix III 242 for MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V QO @@Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 636 ’Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 636’
V QP @@Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 636 for SP-44 ’Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 636 for MSS-SP-44 flanged ends’
V QQ @@Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 646 ’Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 646’
V QR Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 646 ’Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 646’
V QS Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 646, w/sP-44 drill ’Posi-Seal Cryo Firesafe 646, w/MSS-SP-44 drilling’
V RA @@Vogt 22461 ’Vogt 22461’
V RB @@Vogt 15373 ’Vogt 15373’
V RC Vogt 15401 ’Vogt 15401’
V RD Vogt SWS74 ’Vogt SWS74’
V RJ @@Centerline 504 ’Centerline 504’
V RK @@Centerline A ’Centerline A’
V RL @@Centerline LT ’Centerline LT’
V RN @@R&G Sloane 1081 ’R&G Sloane 1081’
V SA Powell 1331 ’Powell 1331’
V UA Demco NE ’Demco NE’
V UB Demco NF ’Demco NF’
V UC Demco WF ’Demco WF’
V UF Mueller 31 ’Mueller 31’
V UG Mueller 61 ’Mueller 61’
V VA @@Grinnell Fire Protection A-4 ’Grinnell Fire Protection Multimatic A-4’
V VP @@Powhatan 18-157 ’Powhatan 18-157’
V YA Yarway 3486-R ’Yarway 3486-R’
V YB Yarway 3488-R ’Yarway 3488-R’
516
________________ Appendix D: Valves
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
V AA @@ ’’
V AB @@min temp to -50 degF ’min temperature to -50 degF’
V AC @@min temp to -150 degF ’min temperature to -150 degF’
V AD @@min temp to -325 degF ’min temperature to -325 degF’
V BA @@RFTBE ’lug or wafer type, raised face thru-bolted ends’
V BB @@RFTBCSE, ’single flange, raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, drilled
& tapped for cap screws’
V BC @@RFTBEWG ’wafer, raised face thru-bolted ends w/integral gasket’
V BF @@FFTBE ’wafer, flat face thru-bolted ends’
V BG @@FFTBEWG, GO side hndwhl ’wafer, flat face thru-bolted ends w/integral gasket, gear
operator w/side mounted hanwheel’
V BH @@RFTBE, min temp to -50 degF ’raised face thru-bolted ends, min temperature to -50 degF’
V BI @@RFTBE, min temp to -325 degF ’raised face thru-bolted ends, min temperature to -325 degF’
V BJ @@FFTBSCEWG ’single flange, flat face thru-bolted ends w/integral gasket,
drilled & tapped for cap screws’
V BK @@FFTBCSEWG, GO side hndwhl ’single flange, flat face thru-bolted ends w/integral gasket,
drilled & tapped for cap screws, gear operator w/side mounted
handwheel’
V BW @@MJBE, GO side hndwhl w/gskt, glnd & blt ’mechanical joint bell ends, gear operator w/side mounted
handwheel w/gaskets, glands & bolts’
V BN @@RFTBE, NACE ’lug or wafer type, raised face thru-bolted ends, NACE
service’
V BP @@FFTBEWG ’wafer, flat face thru-bolted ends w/integral gasket’
V BQ @@FFTBSCEWG ’wafer, flat face thru-bolted ends w/integral gasket, drilled
& tapped for cap screws, gear operator w/side mounted
handwheel’
V BZ @@FFTBEWG, extended bon, GO w/side hndwhl ’wafer, flat face thru-bolted ends w/integral gasket, extended
bonnet, gear operator w/side mounted handwheel’
V CA thru-bolt, w/GO ’raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, w/gear operator’
V CB GO, tap locn G ’gear operator, tapping location G’
V CC @@RFTBCSE, GO w/side hndwhl ’single flange, raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, drilled
& tapped for cap screws, gear operator w/side mounted
handwheel’
V CD heat jkt/thru-bolt ’provide Contro heat jacket, w/each valve, thru-bolted’
V CE @@NACE, GO ’NACE service, gear operator w/shaft at right angle to
pipeline’
V CI no Cu alloys, GO ’no copper alloys, w/gear operator shaft at right angle to
pipeline’
V CK thru-bolt, no Cu alloys ’raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, no copper alloys
permitted’
V CL D & T mach/no Cu/GO ’lug type, drill & tap for machine bolts/gear opr/no copper
alloys’
V CM D & T mach/no Cu ’lug type, drilled & tapped for machine bolts/no copper
alloys’
V CN high temp/GO ’high temperature/right angle gear oper’
V CP high temp/GO/D&T ’high temperature/right angle gear oper D&T machine bolts’
V CT tap locn G/no Cu alloys ’tapping, location G, for ammonia service, no copper alloys
permitted’
V CY lug Type, D&T, GO ’lug type, drill & tapped for machine bolts, gear operator’
V DA GO, SWE tap at locn C ’gear operator, SWE tap at locn C in view facing handwheel,
shaft right angle to pipeline’
V DB GO, SWE tap at locn D ’gear opr, SWE tap at locn D in view facing wheel, shaft right
angle to pipeline’
V DC GO, SWE tap at locn C ’gear opr, SWE tap at locn C, handwheel right side, shaft
parallel to pipeline’
V DD GO, SWE tap at locn D ’gear opr, SWE tap at locn D, handwheel right side, shaft
parallel to pipeline’
V DE gear, SWE tap at locn C ’gear operator, SWE tap at locn C, pinion shaft to right side
of valve’
V DF gear, SWE tap at locn D ’gear operator, SWE tap at locn D, pinion shaft to right side
of valve’
Codes
D. Commodity
V DG gear, SWE tap at locn F ’gear operator, SWE tap at locn F, pinion shaft to right side
of valve’
V DH GO, SWE tap at locn E ’gear operator, SWE tap at location E, shaft parallel to
pipeline’
V DI GO, SWE tap at locn F ’gear operator, SWE tap at location F, shaft parallel to
pipeline’
V DJ GO, SWE tap at locn B ’gear operator, SWE tap at location B, shaft parallel to
pipeline’
V DK GO, SWE tap at locn A ’gear operator, SWE tap at location A, shaft parallel to
pipeline’
V DL GO, SWE tap at locn F ’gear opr, SWE tap @ locn degF in view facing wheel, shaft
right angle to pipeline’
V DM GO/tap locn D/bypass ’gear opr, SWE tap locn D, hndwhl right side, shaft
parallel/pipe, bypass locn A&B’
V DN GO/tap locn C/bypass ’gear opr, SWE tap locn C, hndwhl right side, shaft
parallel/pipe, bypass locn A&B’
517
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
V DO GO/tap locn D/bypass ’gear opr, SWE tap locn D view facing whl, shaft right
angle/pipe, bypass locn A&B’
V DP GO/SWE tap locn E ’gear opr, SWE tap at locn E, view facing wheel, shaft right
angle to pipeline’
V DQ GO/tap locn C/bypass ’gear operator, SWE tap locn C, shaft right angle to pipe,
bypass locn A&B’
V EA bypass/SWE tap locn D ’built in bypass location A & B, SWE tap at location D’
V EC epoxy lined ’epoxy lined’
V ED @@RFTBCSE, 12" extended bonnet/stem ’single flange, raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, drilled
& tapped for cap screws, 12" extended bonnet/stem’
V EE @@RFTBCSE, 12" extended bonnet/stem w/GO ’single flange, raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, drilled
& tapped for cap screws, 12" extended bonnet/stem, gear
operator w/side mounted handwheel’
V EF @@RFTBCSE, std extended bonnet/stem ’single flange, raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, drilled
& tapped for cap screws, standard extended bonnet/stem’
V EG @@RFTBCSE, std extended bonnet/stem w/GO ’single flange, raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, drilled
& tapped for cap screws, standard extended bonnet/stem, gear
operator w/side mounted handwheel’
V FA built in bypass ’built in bypass’
V FB orifice thru wedge ’provide, w/0.125" diam orifice thru center of wedge’
V FL GO/rt ang/lmt switch ’gear operator, shaft right angle to pipe, limit switches’
V GC GO/one side ’gear operator, shaft to one side of valve’
V GH GO ’gear operator’
V GP GO, parallel ’gear operator, shaft parallel to pipeline’
V GR @@GO w/side hndwhl ’gear operator w/side mounted handwheel’
V GX @@GO w/top hndwhl ’gear operator w/top mounted handwheel’
V GY gear/right angle ’gear operator, shaft at right angle to pipeline’
V GZ gear/parallel ’gear operator, shaft parallel to pipeline’
V JA jacketed ’jacketed’
V MK 3 way ’multi port, 3 way valve’
V ML 4 way ’multi port, 4 way valve’
V RA @@no Cu alloys ’for ammonia service, no copper alloys permitted’
V RB no Cu alloys ’no copper or copper alloys permitted’
V RC chlorine service ’chlorine service’
V RD DEA/MEA service ’DEA/MEA service’
V RE @@NACE ’NACE service’
V RN ultra high temp ’ultra high temperature service’
V RO oxygen service ’oxygen service’
V SD SWE at locn D ’socketwelded connection at location D’
V SE SWE at locn E ’socketwelded connection at location E’
V SG SWE at locn G ’socketwelded connection at location G’
V TA tap at locn A ’tap at location A’
V TC tap at locn C ’tap at location C’
V TD tap at locn D ’tap at location D’
V TG tap at locn G ’tap at location G’
V TH tap at locn G & H ’tap at locations G & H’
V TU RFTBFE, drain tap ’raised face thru-bolted flanged ends, drain tap on valve
body’
V WA wrench ’wrench, w/each valve’
518
________________ Appendix D: Welded Fittings
Welded Fittings
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: W - WELDED FITTINGS
W AA @@90 deg elbow, BE ’90 deg long radius elbow, beveled ends’
W AB Reducing 90 deg LR elbow, BE ’Reducing 90 deg long radius elbow, beveled ends’
W AC @@90 deg SR elbow, BE ’90 deg short radius elbow, beveled ends’
W AD @@45 deg elbow, BE ’45 deg elbow, beveled ends’
W AG Miter elbow, 2 piece ’Weld miter 45 elbow, 2 piece 1 weld’
W AH Miter elbow, 3 piece ’Weld miter elbow, 3 piece 2 weld type A’
W BA @@Stub end per ANSI-B16.9 ’Stub end per ANSI-B16.9’
W BC Stub end MSS-SP-43 Tp A ’Stub end MSS-SP-43 Type A’
W BD Stub end MSS-SP-43 Tp B ’Stub end MSS-SP-43 Type B’
W BE Stub end MSS-SP-43 Tp C ’Stub end MSS-SP-43 Type C’
W CA @@Cap, BE ’Cap, beveled ends’
W DA Weld boss ’Weld boss’
W DB THD half coupling ’Threaded half coupling’
W DC @@Coupling ’Coupling’
W OA @@Weldolet ’Weldolet’
W OB @@Sockolet ’Sockolet’
W OC @@Thredolet ’Thredolet’
W OD @@Elbolet ’Elbolet’
W OE Nipolet 3.5" long ’Nipolet 3.5" long’
W OF Nipolet 4.5" long ’Nipolet 4.5" long’
W OG Nipolet 5.5" long ’Nipolet 5.5" long’
W OH Nipolet 6.5" long ’Nipolet 6.5" long’
W OI @@Latrolet ’Latrolet’
W OJ Weld boss ’Weld boss’
W OK Weld saddle ’Weld saddle’
W OS Sweepolet ’Sweepolet’
W OT @@Flat weldolet ’Flat weldolet’
W OU @@Flat sockolet ’Flat sockolet’
W OV Flat thredolet ’Flat thredolet’
W OX Weldolet ’Weldolet, calculation required’
W OY Sockolet ’Sockolet, calculation required’
W OZ Thredolet ’Thredolet, calculation required’
W RA @@Concentric reducer, BE ’Concentric reducer, beveled ends’
W RB @@Eccentric reducer, BE ’Eccentric reducer, beveled ends’
W SA @@Concentric swage ’Concentric swage’
W SB @@Eccentric swage ’Eccentric swage’
W TA @@Tee, BE ’Tee, beveled ends’
W TB @@Reducing tee, BE ’Reducing tee, beveled ends’
W TL Weld 45 deg lateral ’Weld 45 deg lateral fitting’
W TM Reducing weld 45 deg lateral ’Reducing weld 45 deg lateral fitting’
W UA Weld retn bend LR ’Weld return bend long radius’
W UB Weld retn bend SR ’Weld return bend short radius’
W XA Weld cross ’Weld cross’
W XB Reducing weld cross ’Reducing weld cross’
W YA Weld 45 lateral reinf ’Weld 45 deg lateral reinforced’
W ZA Buttweld ’Buttweld’
W ZB @@Reinforcing weld ’Reinforcing weld’
W __ Standard fittings ’Cap/ell/tee’
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
W FH RFFE, 63-125 Ra finish ’raised face flanged ends, 63-125 Ra finish’
519
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
W MH 6.0 mm ’6.0 mm’
W MI 7.0 mm ’7.0 mm’
520
________________ Appendix D: Welded Fittings
521
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
W ASK ASTM-A234-WPB ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, seamless, special testing required’
W AZA @@carbon steel ’carbon steel’
W EAY ASTM-A234-WP1W ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP1W, carbon moly’
W EAZ ASTM-A234-WP1 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP1, carbon moly’
W EFA ASTM-A182-F1 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F1, carbon moly’
W ESA ASTM-A234-WP1 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP1, carbon moly, seamless’
W FAC @@ASTM-A234-WP11 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP11’
W FAF ASTM-A234-WP22 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
W FAH @@ASTM-A234-WP5 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP5’
W FAL @@ASTM-A234-WP9 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP9’
W FAM @@ASTM-A234-WP11 Dur-O-Lok ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP11 1.25Cr-0.5Mo Dur-O-Lok fitting’
W FAT ASTM-A182-F5 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F5’
W FBD ASTM-A336-F21 ’ASTM-A336 Gr.F21, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
W FFC @@ASTM-A182-F11 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F11’
W FFE ASTM-A234-WP11W ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP11W, 1.25Cr-0.5Mo’
W FFF ASTM-A182-F22 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
W FFI ASTM-A182-F5A ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F5A, 5Cr-0.5Mo’
W FFL @@ASTM-A182-F9 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F9’
W FFR ASTM-A182-F11 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F11, 1.25Cr-0.5Mo’
W FFT @@ASTM-A182-F5 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F5’
W FSA ASTM-A234-WP9 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP9, 9Cr-1Mo, seamless’
W FSB ASTM-A234-WP11 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP11, 1.25Cr-0.5Mo, seamless’
W FSC ASTM-A234-WP22 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP22, 2.25Cr-1Mo, seamless’
W FSD ASTM-A234-WP5 ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WP5, 5Cr-0.5Mo, seamless’
W FZA @@chrome steel ’chrome alloy steel’
W GAA @@ASME-SA234-WP11 ’ASME-SA234 Gr.WP11’
W GAF ASME-SA234-WP22 ’ASME-SA234 Gr.WP22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
W GFC @@ASME-SA182-F11 ’ASME-SA182 Gr.F11’
W GFF ASME-SA182-F22 ’ASME-SA182 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr-1Mo’
W GSA ASME-SA234-WP11 ’ASME-SA234 Gr.WP11, 1.25Cr-0.5Mo, seamless’
W IFA @@ASTM-A182-F304 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304’
W IFB @@ASTM-A182-F304L ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304L’
W IFF @@ASTM-A182-F316 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316’
W IFG ASTM-A182-F316L ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L’
W IFJ @@ASTM-A182-F321 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F321’
W IFL ASTM-A182-F347 ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F347’
W IFY ASTM-A182-F347H ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F347H’
W IFZ ASTM-A182-F304H ’ASTM-A182 Gr.F304H’
W IIA ASTM-A403-WP304S ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304S’
W IIB ASTM-A403-WP304LS ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304LS’
W IIC ASTM-A403-WP304LWX ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304LWX’
W IID ASTM-A403-WP304WX ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304WX’
W IIE ASME-SA403-WP316L ’ASME-SA403 Gr.WP316L’
W IIF ASTM-A403-WP316S ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP316S’
W IIG ASTM-A403-WP316LS ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP316LS’
W IIH ASTM-A403-WP316LWX ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP316LWX’
W IIJ ASTM-A403-WP321S ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP321S’
W IIK ASTM-A403-WP316WX ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP316WX’
W IIL ASTM-A403-WP347 ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP347’
W IIM ASTM-A403-WP321WX ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP321WX’
W IIN ASTM-A403-WP347WX ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP347WX’
W IIS ASTM-A403-WP304HWX ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304HWX’
W IIY ASTM-A403-WP347H ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP347H’
W IIZ ASTM-A403-WP304S ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304S, special testing required’
W IKA ASTM-A451-HF modified ’ASTM-A451 Gr.HF modified, Spec 400-31’
W IKB @@ASTM-A403-WP304 ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304’
W IKD @@ASTM-A403-WP304L ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP304L’
W IKE @@ASTM-A403-WP316 ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP316’
W IKF @@ASTM-A403-WP321 ’ASTM-A403 Gr.WP321’
W IZA @@stainless steel ’stainless steel’
W OAA ASTM-B366-WPNIC, Incoloy ’ASTM-B366 Gr.WPNIC UNS N08800, Incoloy 800’
W OAB ASTM-B564, Incoloy ’ASTM-B564 UNS NO8800, Incoloy’
W OSA ASTM-B366-WPNIC, Incoloy ’ASTM-B366 Gr.WPNIC UNS N08800, Incoloy 800, seamless’
W OSB ASTM-B564, Incoloy smls ’ASTM-B564 UNS NO8800, Incoloy, seamless’
W PAA ASTM-B366, Alloy 20 ’ASTM-B366 UNS NO8020, Alloy 20 (wrought fittings)’
W PAB @@ASTM-B366-WPNC1 UNS N06600 ’ASTM-B366 Gr.WPNC1 UNS N06600’
W PFA ASTM-B462, Alloy 20 ’ASTM-B462 UNS NO8020, Alloy 20 (forged fittings)’
W SAA ASTM-B361-WP6061-T6 ’ASTM-B361 Gr.WP6061-T6, aluminum’
W SSA ASTM-B361-WP6061-T6 ’ASTM-B361 Gr.WP6061-T6, aluminum, seamless’
W WAA @@ASTM-A234-WPB, cement lined ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, cement lined’
W WAB ASTM-A234-WPB, cement lined & T&W ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, cement lined, treated & wrapped’
W WAC ASTM-A234-WPB, cement lined ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPBW, cement lined’
W WAD ASTM-A234-WPB, cement lined & T&C ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPBW, cement lined, threaded & coupled’
W WAE ASTM-A234-WPB, cement lined & T&W ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPBW, cement lined, treated & wrapped’
W WSA ASTM-A234-WPB, cement ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, cement lined, seamless’
W WSB ASTM-A234-WPB, cement lined & T&W ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, cement lined, treated & wrapped, seamless’
W WXX ASTM-A234-WPB ’ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, epoxy lined’
W ___ unspecified matl ’matl specification to be added later’
522
________________ Appendix D: Gaskets
Gaskets
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: X - GASKETS
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
X H @@0.0625" thk ’0.0625" thk’
523
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
X MS 50.0 mm ’50.0 mm’
X MT 60.0 mm ’60.0 mm’
X MU 80.0 mm ’80.0 mm’
524
________________ Appendix D: Gaskets
525
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Bolting
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: Y - BOLTING
Y A @@Bolt set for FFFE joint ’Bolt set for flat face joint’
Y B @@Bolt set for RFFE joint ’Bolt set for raised face joint’
Y F Bolt set for lap joint ’Bolt set for lap joint’
Y H Jackscrew pair ’Jackscrew pair’
Y J Bolt set for RJFE joint ’Bolt set for ring joint flanged end’
Y L Bolt set for lens joint ’Bolt set for lens joint’
Y M ’Miscellaneous bolting’
Y Z @@ ’’
Y C bolt hvy hex hd, w/nut ’machine bolt hex head, w/nut, heavy series ANSI-B1.1’
Y D bolt hvy hex, w/nut orifice ’machine bolt hex head, w/nut, heavy series ANSI-B1.1’
Y E bolt hvy hex hd, w/o nut ’machine bolt hex head, w/o nut, heavy series ANSI-B1.1’
Y F stud, w/hvy hex nuts ’studbolt, w/four hex nuts, heavy series ANSI-B1.1’
Y G stud, w/nut & 2 washers ’studbolt, w/two flat washers & hex nuts, heavy series
ANSI-B1.1’
Y H @@stud w/hvy hex nuts ’studbolts w/hex nuts, heavy series per ANSI-B1.1’
Y I stud hvy hex nuts orifice ’studbolt, w/hex nuts, heavy series ANSI-B1.1’
Y L mach bolt hex hd, w/o nut ’machine bolt hex head, w/flat washer, w/o nut, heavy series
ANSI-B1.1’
Y M @@machine bolt hex hd w/nuts ’machine bolt hex head w/nuts per ANSI-B1.1’
Y P @@cap screw hex head ’cap screw hex head w/o nut, heavy series per ANSI-B1.1’
Y Y hex nut, heavy series ’hex nut heavy series ANSI-B1.1’
Y Z ’’
526
________________ Appendix D: Bolting
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
Y FA 1" lg ’1" long’
Y FB 1.25" lg ’1.25" long’
Y FC @@1.5" lg ’1.5" long’
Y FD @@1.75" lg ’1.75" long’
Y FE @@2" lg ’2" long’
Y FF @@2.25" lg ’2.25" long’
Y FG @@2.5" lg ’2.5" long’
Y FH @@2.75" lg ’2.75" long’
Y FI @@3" lg ’3" long’
Y FJ @@3.25" lg ’3.25" long’
Y FK @@3.5" lg ’3.5" long’
Y FL @@3.75" lg ’3.75" long’
Y FM @@4" lg ’4" long’
Y FN @@4.25" lg ’4.5" long’
Y FO @@4.5" lg ’4" long’
Y FP 4.75" lg ’4.5" long’
Y FQ 5" lg ’5" long’
Y FR @@5.25" lg ’5.25" long’
Y FS 5.5" lg ’5.5" long’
Y FT @@5.75" lg ’5.75" long’
Y FU 6" lg ’6" long’
Y FV @@6.25" lg ’6.25" long’
Y FX @@6.5" lg ’6.5" long’
Y FY 6.75" lg ’6.75" long’
Y FZ 7" lg ’7" long’
Y GA 7.25" lg ’7.25" long’
Y GB 7.5" lg ’7.5" long’
Y GC 7.75" lg ’7.75" long’
Y GD 8" lg ’8" long’
Y MC +15 mm ’plus 15 mm added length’
Y MD +20 mm ’plus 20 mm added length’
Y ME +25 mm ’plus 25 mm added length’
Y MG +40 mm ’plus 40 mm added length’
Y MI +50 mm ’plus 50 mm added length’
Y ZZ @@ ’’
Y AAA @@ASTM-A307-B w/A563-A hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A307 Gr.B w/A563 Gr.A hvy hex nuts’
Y AAB ASTM-A307-B, w/A563-A nuts ’ASTM-A307 Gr.B w/A563 Gr.A nuts, w/ASTM-B695, Cl.50 zinc
coating’
Y AAW ASTM-A307-B ’ASTM-A307 Gr.B’
Y AAX ASTM-A307-B ’ASTM-A307 Gr.B, w/o nuts, w/ASTM-B695, Cl.50 zinc coating’
Y FFB @@ASTM-A193-B8C Cl.1 w/A194-8C hv hx nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B8C Cl.1 w/A194 Gr.8C hvy hex nuts’
Y FFC ASTM-A193-B7, w/A194-2H nuts, cad plated ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7, w/A194 Gr.2H hvy hex nuts, 300 BHN max,
cadmium plated’
Y FFD @@ASTM-A193-B8C Cl.1 w/A194-8C hv hx nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B8C Cl.1 w/A194 Gr.8C hvy hex nuts, Electofilm
2006 coated’
Y FFF @@ASTM-A193-B7 w/A194-2H hvy hex nts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7 w/A194 Gr.2H hvy hex nuts’
Y FFG ASTM-A193-B7 ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7, Electrofilm 2006 coated’
Y FFL @@ASTM-A193-B7M w/A194-2H hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7M w/A194 Gr.2H hvy hex nuts’
Y FFM ASTM-A193-B7M, w/A194-2HM hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7M, w/A194 Gr.2HM hvy hex nuts’
Y FFN ASTM-A193-B7M, w/A194-2H hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7M, w/A194 Gr.2H hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm 2006
coated’
Y FFO ASTM-A193-B7M, w/A194-2HM hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7M, w/A194 Gr.2HM hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm
2006 coated’
Y FFP @@ASTM-A193-B7M ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7M’
Y FFT ASTM-A193-B7, w/A194-2H hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7, w/ASTM-A194 Gr.2H hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm
2006 coated’
Y FFU ASTM-A193-B8 Cl.2, w/A194-8 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B8 Cl.2, w/A194 Gr.8 hvy hex nuts’
Y FFV ASTM-A193-B8 Cl.2, w/A194-8 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B8 Cl.2, w/A194 Gr.8 hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm
2006 coated’
Y FFW @@ASTM-A193-B7 ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B7’
Codes
D. Commodity
Y FFX ASTM-A193-B8 Cl.2 ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B8 Cl.2, w/o nuts’
Y FFY ASTM-A193-B8 Cl.2 ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B8 Cl.2, w/o nuts Electrofilm 2006 coated’
Y FFZ ASTM-A193-B8C Cl.2,w/A194-8C hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B8C Cl.2, w/ASTM-A194 Gr.8C hvy hex nuts’
Y FGT ASTM-A193-B16, w/A194-3 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B16, w/A194 Gr.3 hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm 2006
coated’
Y FGU @@ASTM-A193-B16 w/A194-4 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B16 w/A194 Gr.4 hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm 2006
coated’
Y FGV ASTM-A193-B16, w/A194-3 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A193 Gr.B16, w/ASTM-A194 Gr.3 hvy hex nuts’
Y FYF ASTM-A194-2H ’ASTM-A194 Gr.2H’
Y GGC @@ASME-SA193-B7 w/SA194-2H hvy hex nuts ’ASME-SA193 Gr.B7 w/SA194 Gr.2H hvy hex nuts’
Y GGD ASME-SA193-B7, w/SA194-2H hvy hex nuts ’ASME-SA193 Gr.B7, w/SA194 Gr.2H hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm
2006 coated’
527
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
Y GGE ASME-SA193-B16, w/SA194-3 hvy hex nuts ’ASME-SA193 Gr.B16, w/SA194 Gr.3 hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm
2006 coated’
Y GGF @@ASME-SA193-B16 w/SA194-4 hvy hex nuts ’ASME-SA193 Gr.B16 w/SA194 Gr.4 hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm 2006
coated’
Y GGG ASME-SA193-B16, w/SA194-3 hvy hex nuts ’ASME-SA193 Gr.B16, w/SA194 Gr.3 nuts’
Y IIA ASTM-A453-660 Cl.B ’ASTM-A453 Gr.660 Cl.B nuts, Electrofilm 2006 coated’
Y ILU @@ASTM-A320-B8 Cl.2, w/A194-8 hvy hx nuts ’ASTM-A320 Gr.B8 Cl.2 w/A194 Gr.8 hvy hex nuts’
Y ILV ASTM-A320-B8 Cl.2, w/A194-8 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A320 Gr.B8 Cl.2, w/A194 Gr.8 hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm
2006 coated’
Y ILW ASTM-A320-B8 Cl.2 ’ASTM-A320 Gr.B8 Cl.2’
Y ILX ASTM-A320-B8 Cl.2 ’ASTM-A320 Gr.B8 Cl.2, Electrofilm 2006 coated’
Y MLF @@ASTM-A320-L7 w/A194-4 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A320 Gr.L7 w/A194 Gr.4 hvy hex nuts’
Y MLG @@ASTM-A320-L7 ’ASTM-A320 Gr.L7’
Y MLH ASTM-A320-L7 ’ASTM-A320 Gr.L7, Electrofilm 2006 coated’
Y MLT ASTM-A320-L7, w/A194-4 hvy hex nuts ’ASTM-A320 Gr.L7, w/A194 Gr.4 hvy hex nuts, Electrofilm 2006
coated’
Y OAA ASTM-B164 ’ASTM-B164 Monel UNS NO4400’
528
________________
Appendix E: Calculations From ANSI-B31.1 and ANSI-B31.3
Delivered Equations
The thickness and branch reinforcement logic for the following equations are hardcoded in the software.
EJ01
PD
tm = _________ + A 6
2(SE+Py)
EL01
PD
t = _________ 6
2(SE+PY)
where
P Design pressure
D Pipe outside diameter
S Allowable stress read from the Materials table
E Joint quality factor determined from the wall thickness attribute Cxxx where xxx is 100
times E
Y Coefficient Y read from the Materials table
Refer to the spec access example below for more information on how the wall thickness equation is used to
determine the actual wall thickness value.
Calculations
E. ANSI
529
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
General Considerations
The following considerations apply to both thickness equations and branch reinforcement calculations.
Pressures and temperatures used in thickness/branch reinforcement calculations are derived from data in
the Piping Design Database. Both normal and alternate pressure and temperature conditions are
considered. If actual values exist for the normal design or the alternate design pressure/temperatures, the
corresponding operating conditions are ignored. If default values exist for BOTH sets of design
conditions, both normal and alternate operating conditions are used. At least one complete set of
conditions must be defined.
Once the proper pressure and temperature sets are determined, their units of measure are converted to
those used in the Temperature-Pressure Table associated with the Piping Materials Class to which the
component belongs. Conversions are performed using the procedures and conversion factors defined for
the Units of Measure in Appendix F.
Only positive pressure is considered. The system reports an error if you request a thickness calculation
involving a vacuum condition (negative pressure).
Independent sets of thickness/reinforcement calculations are carried out for each applicable
pressure/temperature set. In each calculation set, table values that are temperature dependent are
determined on the basis of the temperature applicable to the calculation set being considered. The thicker
calculated thickness is used.
Thickness Equations
The following considerations apply to thickness equations.
Thickness calculations are triggered by specifying an equation name in the Schedule/Thickness attribute
of the Piping Commodity Specification Data. An asterisk (*) followed by a name (of the form xyyy)
defines the specific calculation or table lookup to be used for wall thickness. The letters that form this
code have the following meaning:
x alphanumeric code that defines the equation to use in the calculation. Possible values and their
definitions are:
— If this character is C, the schedule/thickness for the applicable end of the component is determined by
calculations using the thickness equation defined in the DEFAULT_WALL_THICK_EQUATION
attribute of the Piping Materials Class database table.
— If the code is any character other than C, the schedule/thickness for the applicable end of the
component is determined by calculations using the thickness equation with the name EX.
yyy casting, joint or structural grade quality factor (E) times 100.
This factor is one of the parameters used in the thickness calculation. If you are defining a calculation to
be performed on a seamless fitting (E=1) but want to match the thickness for the mating welded pipe
(E=0.85), the quality factor for the pipe should be entered here.
530
________________
Appendix E: Calculations From ANSI-B31.1 and ANSI-B31.3
For components with ends having different nominal diameters, independent sets of thickness
determinations are performed for each NPD. One or more ends may need to calculated, as determined by
specific *xyyy entries in the Commodity Item entity. The larger thickness (calculated or predefined) is
used. For example:
— A 20" x 10" reducer is defined in the Piping Commodity Table to have a *xyyy 20" end and a 0.55"
thick, 10" end. The calculation of the 20" end results in a 0.5" thickness. A 0.55" thick reducer is
used.
— A 24" x 20" reducer is defined in the Piping Commodity Table to have a *XYYY 24" end and a
*XYYY 20" end. The calculation of the 24" end results in a 0.6" thickness. The calculation of the
20" end results in a 0.5" thickness. A 0.6" thick reducer is used.
All thickness calculations involve a casting, joint, or structural grade quality factor (E). The value for this
factor is YYY/100, where YYY is defined in the entry *XYYY made under the Schedule Thickness
attribute for the Commodity Item under consideration.
Branch Reinforcement
The following considerations apply to branch reinforcement calculations.
— the placement of a generic branch component with the actual item name determined from a branch
table. (See Branch Insertion Tables.)
— the presence of more than one item name in the Preferred Branch AABBCC Codes fields of the
applicable branch table.
— the applicable branch reinforcement being either a reinforcing weld or a reinforcing pad.
All calculations involve a casting, joint, or structural grade quality factor (E). The value for this factor is
YYY/100, where YYY is defined in the Modifier attribute for entries with an item name of PIPING.
The fillet welds joining reinforcing pads to the header and to the branch are considered in determining the
available reinforcement area.
Spec Access
The execution of a pipe wall thickness calculation is performed when the variable PIPE_OD_n is encountered in
the physical data definition of a pipe or component. Therefore, pipe outside diameter must be calculated or
retrieved from a table before the wall thickness can be used as part of a table name.
Once the actual thickness is calculated, it is compared against the thickness range in the Materials table and the
retirement thickness in the Thickness Data table. The system uses the greater of these values as the uncorroded
wall thickness. Then the system adds the corrosion allowance from the PMC, the thread thickness from the wall
thickness table, and the mill tolerance from the Materials table. This revised thickness is compared against the
minimum thickness value in the Thickness Data table. The larger of these two values is compared against the
Calculations
E. ANSI
preferred thickness value in the Thickness Data table, and the next largest preferred value is used for table
look-ups and is stored in the TDB.
531
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
If the Thickness Data table uses schedules as preferred thickness, the schedules are translated to an actual
thickness by a table look-up from a table of the form
MALWT//Term_type//shc_thick//generic_flag//weight_code
532
________________ Appendix F: Codelists
Appendix F Codelists
F. Codelists
This section details the codelists used in PDS.
The data contained within this appendix is for informational purposes only and may not exactly
match the codelists delivered with the product.
533
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
534
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
Codelist sets in this document define the values for all codelisted attributes used in the PDS Piping Task which
are specific to US plant design practices.
You can add, delete or revise codelist sets to reflect your own practices, terminology and language. A task user,
however, cannot revise a codelist set from a work session. Revisions to a codelist set, can only be made in the
General RDB or Standard Note Library.
In listings that follow, the maximum number of entries that may be expected for a specific codelist set is shown
in parenthesis following the name of the codelist set.
For PDS users that wish to modify codelist files delivered with the PDS software to reflect their own practices,
two approaches are possible:
Make the modifications within the range of codelist numbers defined in the codelist library delivered with
the PDS software. This has the advantage of resulting in the best organized set of codelisted definitions.
The disadvantage is that numbers added by the User may conflict with numbers added in future versions
of software.
Increase the maximum number of entries allowed for the codelist set and make additions to it in the range
of extended numbers. This will minimize possible conflicts assigned numbers but will require compiling
of the codelists and of the associated databases.
Values enclosed in brackets [ ] in pages that follow represent descriptive information. The values stored in the
codelist sets will exclude this bracketed information from the codelist descriptions.
The net length of a codelist entry cannot exceed 50 characters. Other considerations may, however, require that
a shorter description be made. For example:
For the P&ID Task, the total compressed length of a label part can not exceed 36 characters.
The formats of specification type reports for the Instrument Task require that applicable codelist
descriptions do not exceed 25 characters.
535
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Codelist set This is the number of the codelist set that identifies a specific quantity.
For example, codelist set 1028 includes the units of measure that apply to
the quantity "mass".
Codelist no This is the number that defines a specific unit of measure within a
codelist set. For example, codelist number 1 in codelist set 1028 refers to
the "lb" units of measure.
Unit type This code is not explicitly shown in the tables. The unit type equals the
number of the codelist set minus 1000. For example, reference to unit
type 28 refers to "mass".
Quantity name Entries in this column define the quantity whose units of measure are
being defined.
Unit name: Several unit names are provided for a given codelist set. Any of these
names can be used to define the quantity.
Conversion to Two sets of columns define the conversion of variables expressed in the
destination unit: units shown under the column "Unit Name" to the unit shown under the
column "Destination Unit". The following explanations apply:
The column captioned Destination Unit defines the unit to which the unit included under the column Unit
Name will be converted using the value shown under the column Factor.
The column captioned Factor provides the actual conversion factor to be used for the conversion. For
example, in codelist set 1028, to convert a mass measurement in "lb" to "kg", multiply the value in the
former units by the conversion factor, 4.535 924 E-01. In some cases, such as temperature, summation
may also be required to effect the desired conversion. All conversion factors are taken or derived from
API Publication 2564. Groups of three digits are separated by spaces with no commas. For example,
Similarly,
An asterisk (*) indicates that all following digits are zeros. If a conversion factor happens to end in several
zeros but does not have an asterisk, any subsequent digits would not necessarily be zeros. Most of the
conversion factors are shown to six or seven significant figures. Those shown to fewer than six significant
figures are limited by the precision of the known or determinable value of a physical property, such as the
density of distilled water at a reference temperature.
Conversion to Two sets of columns define the conversion of the units shown under the
first unit in CL: column Unit Name to the first unit shown in that column. The
conversion is done per the equation:
y= A + Bx
where,
536
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
x applies to the value of the variable expressed in the units shown in the column captioned Unit Name.
y applies to the value of the variable expressed in the units shown in the first line of the column captioned Unit
Name.
F. Codelists
A is the factor in the column captioned Factor A.
The distinction between upper case and lower case symbols is very important. For example:
K= kelvin
k= kilo= 10ˆ3
M= mega= 10ˆ6
m= milli= 10ˆ-3 (when m is used as a prefix)
m= metre (when m is used alone)
N= newton
n= nano= 10ˆ-9
In editing any of the codelist sets for units, do not change the meaning of existing codelist values.
In all codelist sets for units, a blank space is provided as the first character in the unit name. The blank space is
used to silence the units in the formation of labels.
Nomenclature:
537
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
538
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
302 = ’EERWAY Straight’
303 = ’EERWAY Fitting’
304 = ’EERWAY Space Envelope’
305 = ’EERWAY To_Equipment’
306 = ’EERWAY To_Support’
307 = ’EERWAY Eqp Panel’
308 = ’EERWAY Duct Bank’
0= ’New’
1 = ’Existing’
2 = ’Future’
3 = ’User 1’
4 = ’User 2’
1 = ’New’
2 = ’Existing’
3 = ’Dismantle’
4 = ’Future’
539
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
1 = ’NH=Not held’
2 = ’H =Hold’
1 = ’A= All’
2 = ’B= Vessels’
3 = ’C= Heat transfer’
4 = ’D= Mechanical’
5 = ’E= Civil/Structural’
6 = ’F= Piping’
7 = ’H= Electrical’
8 = ’I= Other’
11 = ’A’ [Air]
14 = ’AC’ [Combustion air]
17 = ’AE’ [Aeration air]
20 = ’AI’ [Instrument air]
23 = ’AO’ [Operational air]
26 = ’AP’ [Plant air]
29 = ’APU’ [Purge air]
32 = ’AR’ [Regeneration air]
35 = ’AS’ [Starting air]
40 = ’AZ’ [Other air]
71 = ’C’ [Refrigerant]
75 = ’CA’ [Ammonia refrigerant]
79 = ’CE’ [Ethylene refrigerant]
83 = ’CF’ [Freon refrigerant]
87 = ’CLP’ [LP refrigerant]
91 = ’CPR’ [Propylene refrigerant]
100 = ’CZ’ [Other refrigerant]
540
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
117 = ’DSP’ [Press sanitary sewer]
119 = ’DST’ [Storm sewer]
121 = ’DW’ [Clean water sewer]
123 = ’DWS’ [Sour water sewer]
125 = ’DX’ [Acid sewer]
127 = [Blank] [Storm, oily water or sanitary sewer]
128 = [Blank] [Storm or oily water sewer]
130 = ’DZ’ [Other sewer]
541
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
542
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
759 = ’WC’ [Cooling water]
761 = [Blank] [Cooling or utility water]
763 = ’WCH’ [Chlorinated water]
764 = ’WCL’ [Chlorine in water]
765 = ’WCF’ [Clarified water]
767 = ’WCR’ [Cooling water return]
768 = ’WCS’ [Cooling water supply]
771 = ’WPT’ [Potable water]
772 = [Blank] [Potable water or instrument air]
773 = ’WDM’ [Demineralized water]
775 = ’WFA’ [Aboveground fire water]
777 = ’WFI’ [Filtered water]
779 = ’WFU’ [Underground fire water]
781 = ’WG’ [Glycol water]
783 = ’WGL’ [Gland water]
785 = ’WGR’ [Glycol water return]
786 = ’WGS’ [Glycol water supply]
789 = ’WH’ [Hot water]
791 = ’WHR’ [Hot water return]
792 = ’WHS’ [Hot water supply]
795 = ’WI’ [Chilled water]
797 = ’WIR’ [Chilled water return]
798 = ’WIS’ [Chilled water supply]
801 = ’WK’ [Treated water]
803 = ’WN’ [Brine water]
805 = ’WP’ [Process water]
807 = ’WR’ [Raw water]
809 = ’WS’ [Sea water]
811 = ’WSR’ [Sea water return]
812 = ’WSS’ [Sea water supply]
815 = ’WT’ [Test water]
817 = ’WU’ [Utility water]
819 = ’WW’ [Waste water]
830 = ’WZ’ [Other water]
543
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
1 = [Blank]
2 = ’New’
3 = ’Existing’
4 = ’Revamp’
5 = ’Relocate’
6 = ’Temporary’
7 = ’Dismantle’
8 = ’Future’
1 = [Blank]
Irons, 10-99
10 = ’A47-32510’
12 = ’A47-35018’
15 = ’A48-20’
16 = ’A48-25’
17 = ’A48-30’
18 = ’A48-35’
19 = ’A48-40’
20 = ’A48-45’
21 = ’A48-50’
22 = ’A48-55’
23 = ’A48-60’
25 = ’A74’
30 = ’A126-A’
31 = ’A126-B’
32 = ’A126-C’
35 = ’A197’
40 = ’A278-20’
41 = ’A278-25’
42 = ’A278-30’
43 = ’A278-35’
44 = ’A278-40’
45 = ’A278-50’
46 = ’A278-60’
47 = ’A278-70’
48 = ’A278-80’
55 = ’A338’
60 = ’A395-Ductile’
62 = ’A395-Ferritic Ductile’
70 = ’A571’
75 = ’AWWA-C110-Ductile’
76 = ’AWWA-C151-Ductile’
544
________________
Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
118 = ’API-5L-X42’
120 = ’API-5L-X46’
122 = ’API-5L-X52’
124 = ’API-5L-X65’
135 = ’A36’
140 = ’A53-A’
142 = ’A53-B’
144 = ’A53-Type F’
150 = ’A105’
160 = ’A106-A’
162 = ’A106-B’
164 = ’A106-C’
170 = ’A120’
180 = ’A134-A36’
182 = ’A134-A283-A’
183 = ’A134-A283-B’
184 = ’A134-A283-C’
185 = ’A134-A283-D’
186 = ’A134-A285-A’
187 = ’A134-A285-B’
188 = ’A134-A285-C’
190 = ’A134-A570-30’
191 = ’A134-A570-33’
192 = ’A134-A570-36’
193 = ’A134-A570-40’
194 = ’A134-A570-45’
195 = ’A134-A570-50’
200 = ’A135-A’
202 = ’A135-B’
210 = ’A139-A’
212 = ’A139-B’
214 = ’A139-C’
216 = ’A139-D’
218 = ’A139-E’
220 = ’A179’
230 = ’A181-CL60’
234 = ’A181-CL70’
240 = ’A211-A570-30’
241 = ’A211-A570-33’
242 = ’A211-A570-36’
243 = ’A211-A570-40’
244 = ’A211-A570-45’
245 = ’A211-A570-50’
250 = ’A216-WCA’
252 = ’A216-WCB’
254 = ’A216-WCC’
264 = ’A234-WPB’
266 = ’A234-WPC’
270 = ’A283-A’
272 = ’A283-B’
274 = ’A283-C’
276 = ’A283-D’
280 = ’A285-A’
282 = ’A285-B’
284 = ’A285-C’
290 = ’A333-1’
293 = ’A333-6’
295 = ’A334-1’
545
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
298 = ’A334-6’
300 = ’A350-LF1’
302 = ’A350-LF2’
305 = ’A352-LCB’
310 = ’A369-FPA’
312 = ’A369-FPB’
320 = ’A381-Y35’
321 = ’A381-Y42’
322 = ’A381-Y46’
323 = ’A381-Y48’
325 = ’A381-Y50’
327 = ’A381-Y52’
334 = ’A420-WPL6’
340 = ’A515-55’
342 = ’A515-60’
344 = ’A515-65’
346 = ’A515-70’
350 = ’A516-55’
352 = ’A516-60’
354 = ’A516-65’
356 = ’A516-70’
360 = ’A520-30’
361 = ’A520-33’
362 = ’A520-36’
363 = ’A520-40’
364 = ’A520-45’
365 = ’A520-50’
370 = ’A524-I’
372 = ’A524-II’
375 = ’A537-CL1’
380 = ’A587’
390 = ’A671-CA55’
392 = ’A671-CB60’
394 = ’A671-CB65’
396 = ’A671-CB70’
398 = ’A671-CC60’
400 = ’A671-CC65’
402 = ’A671-CC70’
404 = ’A671-CD70’
406 = ’A671-CE55’
408 = ’A671-CE60’
410 = ’A671-CK75’
420 = ’A672-A45’
422 = ’A672-A50’
424 = ’A672-A55’
426 = ’A672-B55’
428 = ’A672-B60’
430 = ’A672-B65’
432 = ’A672-B70’
434 = ’A672-C55’
436 = ’A672-C60’
438 = ’A672-C65’
440 = ’A672-C70’
442 = ’A672-D70’
444 = ’A672-E55’
446 = ’A672-E60’
448 = ’A672-N75’
460 = ’A691-CMS75’
464 = ’A691-CMSH70’
546
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
516 = ’A182-F5a’
518 = ’A182-F6a Cl.1’
519 = ’A182-F6a Cl.2’
520 = ’A182-F6a Cl.3’
521 = ’A182-F6a Cl.4’
523 = ’A182-F6b’
524 = ’A182-F7’
526 = ’A182-F9’
528 = ’A182-F11’
530 = ’A182-F12’
532 = ’A182-F21’
534 = ’A182-F22’
536 = ’A182-F22a’
540 = ’A202-A’
542 = ’A202-B’
550 = ’A203-A’
552 = ’A203-B’
554 = ’A203-D’
556 = ’A203-E’
560 = ’A204-A’
562 = ’A204-B’
564 = ’A204-C’
576 = ’A217-C5’
578 = ’A217-C12’
580 = ’A217-CA15’
582 = ’A217-WC1’
584 = ’A217-WC4’
586 = ’A217-WC5’
588 = ’A217-WC6’
590 = ’A217-WC9’
600 = ’A225-A’
602 = ’A225-B’
610 = ’A234-WP1’
614 = ’A234-WP5’
616 = ’A234-WP7’
618 = ’A234-WP9’
620 = ’A234-WP11’
622 = ’A234-WP12’
624 = ’A234-WP22’
630 = ’A302-A’
632 = ’A302-B’
634 = ’A302-C’
636 = ’A302-D’
644 = ’A333-3’
646 = ’A333-4’
648 = ’A333-7’
650 = ’A333-8’
652 = ’A333-9’
664 = ’A334-3’
666 = ’A334-7’
668 = ’A334-8’
670 = ’A334-9’
680 = ’A335-P1’
682 = ’A335-P2’
684 = ’A335-P5’
686 = ’A335-P5b’
687 = ’A335-P5c’
690 = ’A335-P7’
547
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
692 = ’A335-P9’
694 = ’A335-P11’
696 = ’A335-P12’
698 = ’A335-P15’
700 = ’A335-P21’
702 = ’A335-P22’
710 = ’A350-LF3’
720 = ’A352-LC1’
722 = ’A352-LC2’
724 = ’A352-LC3’
730 = ’A353’
740 = ’A369-FP1’
742 = ’A369-FP2’
744 = ’A369-FP3b’
746 = ’A369-FP5’
748 = ’A369-FP7’
750 = ’A369-FP9’
752 = ’A369-FP11’
754 = ’A369-FP12’
756 = ’A369-FP21’
758 = ’A369-FP22’
760 = ’A385-7 Cl.1’
761 = ’A385-7 Cl.2’
770 = ’A387-2 Cl.1’
771 = ’A387-2 Cl.2’
774 = ’A387-5 Cl.1’
775 = ’A387-5 Cl.2’
778 = ’A387-9 Cl.1’
779 = ’A387-9 Cl.2’
780 = ’A387-11 Cl.1’
781 = ’A387-11 Cl.2’
782 = ’A387-12 Cl.1’
783 = ’A387-12 Cl.2’
784 = ’A387-21 Cl.1’
785 = ’A387-21 Cl.2’
786 = ’A387-22 Cl.1’
787 = ’A387-22 Cl.2’
794 = ’A420-WPL3’
798 = ’A420-WPL8’
800 = ’A426-CP1’
802 = ’A426-CP2’
804 = ’A426-CP5’
806 = ’A426-CP5b’
808 = ’A426-CP7’
810 = ’A426-CP9’
812 = ’A426-CP11’
814 = ’A426-CP12’
816 = ’A426-CP15’
817 = ’A426-CPCA15’
820 = ’A426-CP21’
822 = ’A426-CP22’
830 = ’A553-Type I’
832 = ’A553-Type II’
835 = ’A645’
840 = ’A671-CF70’
842 = ’A671-CF71’
850 = ’A672-L65’
852 = ’A672-L70’
854 = ’A672-L75’
860 = ’A691-CM65’
862 = ’A691-CM70’
864 = ’A691-CM75’
548
________________
Appendix F: General Comments
866 = ’A691-0.5Cr’
868 = ’A691-1Cr’
870 = ’A691-1.25Cr’
872 = ’A691-2.25Cr’
F. Codelists
874 = ’A691-3Cr’
876 = ’A691-5Cr’
878 = ’A691-9Cr’
549
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
1044 = ’A268-TP405’
1046 = ’A268-TP409’
1048 = ’A268-TP410’
1050 = ’A268-TP430’
1051 = ’A268-TP430Ti’
1054 = ’A268-TP443’
1056 = ’A268-TP446’
1060 = ’A269-TP304’
1061 = ’A269-TP304L’
1064 = ’A269-TP316’
1065 = ’A269-TP316L’
1066 = ’A270-TP316L’
1070 = ’A312-TP304’
1071 = ’A312-TP304H’
1072 = ’A312-TP304L
1074 = ’A312-TP309’
1076 = ’A312-TP310’
1078 = ’A312-TP316’
1079 = ’A312-TP316H’
1080 = ’A312-TP316L’
1082 = ’A312-TP317’
1084 = ’A312-TP321’
1085 = ’A312-TP321H’
1088 = ’A312-TP347’
1089 = ’A312-TP347H’
1092 = ’A312-TP348’
1095 = ’A351-CA15’
1100 = ’A351-CF3’
1102 = ’A351-CF3A’
1104 = ’A351-CF3M’
1106 = ’A351-CF8’
1108 = ’A351-CF8A’
1110 = ’A351-CF8C’
1112 = ’A351-CF8M’
1113 = ’A351-CF10’
1114 = ’A351-CF10MC’
1116 = ’A351-CN7M’
1118 = ’A351-CH8’
1120 = ’A351-CH10’
1122 = ’A351-CH20’
1124 = ’A351-CK20’
1126 = ’A351-HK30’
1128 = ’A351-HK40’
1130 = ’A351-HT30’
1140 = ’A358-304’
1141 = ’A358-304L’
1144 = ’A358-309S’
1146 = ’A358-310S’
1148 = ’A358-316’
1149 = ’A358-316L’
1152 = ’A358-321’
1154 = ’A358-347’
1156 = ’A358-348’
1160 = ’A376-16-8-2H’
1162 = ’A376-TP304’
1163 = ’A376-TP304H’
1166 = ’A376-TP316’
1167 = ’A376-TP316H’
1170 = ’A376-TP321’
1171 = ’A376-TP321H’
1174 = ’A376-TP347’
1175 = ’A376-TP347H’
550
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
1178 = ’A376-TP348’
1179 = ’A376-TP348H’
1190 = ’A403-WP304’
1191 = ’A403-WP304H’
F. Codelists
1192 = ’A403-WP304L’
1194 = ’A403-WP309’
1196 = ’A403-WP310’
1198 = ’A403-WP316’
1199 = ’A403-WP316H’
1200 = ’A403-WP316L’
1202 = ’A403-WP317’
1204 = ’A403-WP321’
1205 = ’A403-WP321H’
1206 = ’A403-WP347’
1207 = ’A403-WP347H’
1210 = ’A403-WP348’
1220 = ’A409-TP304’
1222 = ’A409-TP309’
1224 = ’A409-TP310’
1226 = ’A409-TP316’
1228 = ’A409-TP317’
1230 = ’A409-TP321’
1232 = ’A409-TP347’
1234 = ’A409-TP348’
1240 = ’A430-FP304’
1241 = ’A430-FP304H’
1244 = ’A430-FP316’
1245 = ’A430-FP316H’
1248 = ’A430-FP321’
1249 = ’A430-FP321H’
1252 = ’A430-FP347’
1253 = ’A430-FP347H’
1260 = ’A451-CHP10’
1262 = ’A451-CHP20’
1264 = ’A451-CPF8C’
1266 = ’A451-CPF8M’
1268 = ’A451-CPF10MC’
1270 = ’A451-CPH8’
1272 = ’A451-CPK20’
1280 = ’A452-TP304H’
1282 = ’A452-TP316H’
1284 = ’A452-TP347H’
1300 = ’ASME SA479-316L’
551
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
552
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
1582 = ’B162-200 (N02200) hot rolled plt annld’
1586 = ’B162-201 (N02201) hot rolled plt annld’
1587 = ’B162-201 (N02201) hot rolled plt AR’
1590 = ’B164-400 (N04400) annld forged’
1591 = ’B164-400 (N04400) hot fin’
1594 = ’B165-400 (N04400) annld, <=5in OD’
1595 = ’B165-400 (N04400) annld, >5in OD’
1596 = ’B165-400 (N04400) stress rlvd’
1600 = ’B166-600 (N06600) annld’
1601 = ’B166-600 (N06600) hot fin’
1604 = ’B167-600 (N06600) cold drwn annld, <=5in OD’
1605 = ’B167-600 (N06600) cold drwn annld, >5in OD’
1606 = ’B167-600 (N06600) hot fin/hot fin annld, <=5in OD’
1607 = ’B167-600 (N06600) hot fin/hot fin annld, >5in OD’
1610 = ’B168-600 (N06600) hot rolled plt annld’
1611 = ’B168-600 (N06600) hot rolled plt AR’
1614 = ’B333-B (N10001) sln annld plt’
1615 = ’B333-B (N10001) sln annld sheet’
1616 = ’B333-B-2 (N10665) sln annld’
1620 = ’B335-B-2 (N10665) sln annld’
1624 = ’B366-WPHB (N10001)’
1626 = ’B366-WPHX (N06002)’
1628 = ’B366-WPN (N02200)’
1630 = ’B366-WPNC (N04400)’
1632 = ’B366-WPNC1 (N06600)’
1634 = ’B366-WPNL (N02201)’
1636 = ’B366-WPNLWX’
1638 = ’B366-WPNWX’
1642 = ’B407-800 (N08800) cold drwn annld’
1643 = ’B407-800 (N08800) hot fin/hot fin annld’
1646 = ’B407-800H (N08810) cold drwn sln annld/hot fin’
1648 = ’B443-625 (N06625) annld’
1650 = ’B444-625 (N06625) annld’
1652 = ’B446-625 (N06625) annld’
1654 = ’B464-20Cb (N08020) annld’
1656 = ’A494-CW-12M-1’
1658 = ’A494-CW-12M-2’
1660 = ’A494-CY-40’
1664 = ’B574-C-4 (N06455) sln annld’
1666 = ’B574-C-276 (N10276) sln annld’
1670 = ’B575-C-4 (N06455) sln annld’
1672 = ’B575-C-276 (N10276) sln annld’
1676 = ’B581-G (N06007) sln annld’
1680 = ’B582-G (N06007) sln annld’
1684 = ’B612-200 (N02200) hot rolled plt AR’
1688 = ’B619-20-Mod (N08320) sln annld’
1700 = ’B619-B (N10001) sln annld’
1702 = ’B619-B-2 (N10665) sln annld’
1704 = ’B619-C-4 (N06455) sln annld’
1706 = ’B619-C-276 (N10276) sln annld’
1708 = ’B619-G1 (N06007) sln annld’
1710 = ’B619-X (N06002) sln annld’
1714 = ’B620-20-Mod (N08320) sln annld’
1718 = ’B621-20-Mod (N08320) sln annld’
1722 = ’B622-B (N10001) sln annld’
1724 = ’B622-B-2 (N10655) sln annld’
1726 = ’B622-C-4 (N06455) sln annld’
1728 = ’B622-C-276 (N10276) sln annld’
553
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
554
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
1908 = ’B209-Alclad 3004 temper H34’
1910 = ’B209-Alclad 3004 temper H112’
1912 = ’B209-Alclad 6061 temper T4’
1914 = ’B209-Alclad 6061 temper T4, wld’
1916 = ’B209-Alclad 6061 temper T6’
1918 = ’B209-Alclad 6061 temper T6, wld’
1920 = ’B209-Alclad 6061 temper T451’
1922 = ’B209-Alclad 6061 temper T651’
555
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
556
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
2200 = ’B345-Alclad 3002 temper 0’
2202 = ’B345-Alclad 3002 temper H112’
2220 = ’B361-WP1060 temper 0’
2222 = ’B361-WP1060 temper H112’
2224 = ’B361-WP1100 temper 0’
2226 = ’B361-WP1100 temper H112’
2228 = ’B361-WP3003 temper 0’
2230 = ’B361-WP3003 temper H112’
2232 = ’B361-WP5154 temper 0’
2234 = ’B361-WP5154 temper H112’
2236 = ’B361-WP6061 temper T4’
2238 = ’B361-WP6061 temper T4, wld’
2240 = ’B361-WP6061 temper T6’
2242 = ’B361-WP6061 temper T6, wld’
2244 = ’B361-WP6063 temper T4’
2246 = ’B361-WP6063 temper T4, wld’
2248 = ’B361-WP6063 temper T6’
2250 = ’B361-WP6063 temper T6, wld’
2252 = ’B361-AP Alclad 3003 temper 0’
2254 = ’B361-AP Alclad 3003 temper H112’
Gaskets 3000-3999]
3051 = ’G51’ [Flat, org fib, nitrile binder]
3052 = ’G52’ [Flat, org fib, nitrile binder, full face]
3076 = ’G76’ [Flat, graph]
3077 = ’G77’ [Flat, graph, full face]
3078 = ’G78’ [Flat, graph, 304 tang reinf]
3079 = ’G79’ [Flat, graph, 304 wire mesh reinf]
3101 = ’G101’ [Flat, asb]
3102 = ’G102’ [Flat, asb, full face]
3103 = ’G103’ [Flat, asb, wire mesh reinf]
3111 = ’G111’ [Flat, blue-asb]
3112 = ’G112’ [Flat, blue-asb, full face]
3154 = ’G154’ [Flat, Buna-N]
3171 = ’G171’ [Flat, Hypalon]
3175 = ’G175’ [Flat, Kel-F]
3189 = ’G189’ [Flat, neoprene]
3195 = ’G195’ [Flat, polyethylene]
3204 = ’G204’ [Flat, Teflon]
3210 = ’G210’ [Flat, Viton]
3231 = ’G231’ [Flat, soft-iron]
3234 = ’G234’ [Flat, 304]
3236 = ’G236’ [Flat, 321/347
557
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
558
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
3610 = ’G610’ [Oval ring, 410, 170 BHN max]
3613 = ’G613’ [Oval ring, 304, 140 BHN max]
3616 = ’G616’ [Oval ring, 316, 140 BHN max]
3618 = ’G618’ [Oval ring, 321, 140 BHN max]
3619 = ’G619’ [Oval ring, 347, 140 BHN max]
3623 = ’G623’ [Oval ring, I-X-750
559
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Bolting 4000-4999]
4011 = ’B11’ [A193-B5, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-3]
4012 = ’B12’ [A193-B5, lub, w/A194-3]
4014 = ’B14’ [A193-B5, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-4]
4015 = ’B15’ [A193-B5, lub, w/A194-4]
4021 = ’B21’ [A193-B6, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-6]
4022 = ’B22’ [A193-B6, lub, w/A194-6]
4031 = ’B31’ [A193-B7, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-2H]
4032 = ’B32’ [A193-B7, lub, w/A194-2H]
4033 = ’B33’ [A193-B7 zinc coated w/A194-2H zinc coated]
4035 = ’B35’ [A193-B7 galv w/A194-2H galv]
4038 = ’B38’ [A193-B7M, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-2H]
4039 = ’B39’ [A193-B7M, lub, w/A194-2H]
4041 = ’B41’ [A193-B8 Cl.1, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-8]
4042 = ’B42’ [A193-B8 Cl.1, lub, w/A194-8]
4044 = ’B44’ [A193-B8C Cl.1, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-8C]
4045 = ’B45’ [A193-B8C Cl.1, lub, w/A194-8C]
4046 = ’B46’ [A193-B8 Cl.1, lub, w/A194-8]
4047 = ’B47’ [A193-B8M Cl.1, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-8M]
4048 = ’B48’ [A193-B8M Cl.1, lub, w/A194-8M
4050 = ’B50’ [A193-B8T Cl.1, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-8T]
4051 = ’B51’ [A193-B8T Cl.1, lub, w/A194-8T]
4061 = ’B61’ [A193-B16, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-3]
4062 = ’B62’ [A193-B16, lub, w/A194-3]
4064 = ’B64’ [A193-B16, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-4]
4065 = ’B65’ [A193-B16, lub, w/A194-4]
4066 = ’B66’ [A193-B16, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-7]
4067 = ’B67’ [A193-B16, lub, w/A194-7]
4068 = ’B68’ [A193-B16, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-8M]
4069 = ’B69’ [A193-B16, lub, w/A194-8M]
4071 = ’B71’ [A307-B w/A563-A]
4074 = ’B74’ [A320-L7, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-4]
4075 = ’B75’ [A320-L7, lub, w/A194-4]
4076 = ’B76’ [A320-B8, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-8]
4077 = ’B77’ [A320-B8, lub, w/A194-8]
4078 = ’B78’ [A320-B8, >=1.5" lub, w/A194-B8]
4079 = ’B79’ [A320-B8, lub, w/A194-B8]
4080 = ’B80’ [A320-B8T Cl.1 >=1.5" lub, w/A194-B8]
4081 = ’B81’ [A320-B8T Cl.1 lub, w/A194-B8]
4082 = ’B82’ [A325 w/A325]
4084 = ’B84’ [A453-660, >=1.5" lub, w/A453-660]
4085 = ’B85’ [A453-660, lub, w/A453-660
4500 = ’Undefined’
560
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
6013 = ’BS3602:PART 1:HFS430:Cat 2’
6014 = ’BS3602:PART 1:HFS500Nb:Cat 1’
6015 = ’BS3602:PART 1:HFS500Nb:Cat 2’
6016 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CFS360:Cat 1’
6017 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CFS360:Cat 2’
6018 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CFS430:Cat 1’
6019 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CFS430:Cat 2’
6020 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CFS500Nb:Cat 1’
6021 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CFS500Nb:Cat 2’
6022 = ’BS3602:PART 1:ERW360:Cat 1’
6023 = ’BS3602:PART 1:ERW360:Cat 2’
6024 = ’BS3602:PART 1:ERW430:Cat 1’
6025 = ’BS3602:PART 1:ERW430:Cat 2’
6026 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CEW360:Cat 1’
6027 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CEW360:Cat 2’
6028 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CEW430:Cat 1’
6029 = ’BS3602:PART 1:CEW430:Cat 2’
561
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
562
________________
Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
6212 = ’BS1501-161 430A’
6213 = ’BS1501-161 360B’
6214 = ’BS1501-161 400B’
6215 = ’BS1501-161 430B’
6216 = ’BS1501-164 360A RT’
6217 = ’BS1501-164 360A LT0’
6218 = ’BS1501-164 360A LT20’
6219 = ’BS1501-164 360B RT’
6220 = ’BS1501-164 360B LT0’
6221 = ’BS1501-164 360B LT20’
6222 = ’BS1501-164 400A RT’
6223 = ’BS1501-164 400A LT0’
6224 = ’BS1501-164 400A LT20’
6225 = ’BS1501-164 400B RT’
6226 = ’BS1501-164 400B LT0’
6227 = ’BS1501-164 400B LT20’
6228 = ’BS1501-223 460A RT’
6229 = ’BS1501-223 460A LT0’
6230 = ’BS1501-223 460A LT15’
6231 = ’BS1501-223 460A LT30’
6232 = ’BS1501-223 460B RT’
6233 = ’BS1501-223 460B LT0’
6234 = ’BS1501-223 460B LT15’
6235 = ’BS1501-223 460B LT30’
6236 = ’BS1501-223 490A RT’
6237 = ’BS1501-223 490A LT0’
6238 = ’BS1501-223 490A LT15’
6239 = ’BS1501-223 490A LT30’
6240 = ’BS1501-223 490B RT’
6241 = ’BS1501-223 490B LT0’
6242 = ’BS1501-223 490B LT15’
6243 = ’BS1501-223 490B LT30’
6244 = ’BS1501-224 400A RT’
6245 = ’BS1501-224 400A LT0’
6246 = ’BS1501-224 400A LT20’
6247 = ’BS1501-224 400A LT30’
6248 = ’BS1501-224 400A LT40’
6249 = ’BS1501-224 400A LT50’
6250 = ’BS1501-224 400B RT’
6251 = ’BS1501-224 400B LT0’
6252 = ’BS1501-224 400B LT20’
6253 = ’BS1501-224 400B LT30’
6254 = ’BS1501-224 400B LT40’
6255 = ’BS1501-224 400B LT50’
6256 = ’BS1501-224 430A RT’
6257 = ’BS1501-224 430A LT0’
6258 = ’BS1501-224 430A LT20’
6259 = ’BS1501-224 430A LT30’
6260 = ’BS1501-224 430A LT40’
6261 = ’BS1501-224 430A LT50’
6262 = ’BS1501-224 430B RT’
6263 = ’BS1501-224 430B LT0’
6264 = ’BS1501-224 430B LT20’
6265 = ’BS1501-224 430B LT30’
6266 = ’BS1501-224 430B LT40’
6267 = ’BS1501-224 430B LT50’
6268 = ’BS1501-224 460A RT’
6269 = ’BS1501-224 460A LT0’
563
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
564
________________
Appendix F: General Comments
6332 = ’BS1501-316S37A’
6333 = ’BS1501-316S49A’
6334 = ’BS1501-320S17A’
6335 = ’BS1501-310S24A’
F. Codelists
6336 = ’BS1501-NA15A’
6337 = ’BS1501-NA16A’
6338 = ’BS1501-460S52A’
6339 = ’BS1501-304S62A’
6340 = ’BS1501-304S65A’
6341 = ’BS1501-304S87A’
6342 = ’BS1501-347S67A’
6343 = ’BS1501-316S62A’
6344 = ’BS1501-316S66A’
6345 = ’BS1501-316S82A’
6351 = ’BS1501-403S17B’
6352 = ’BS1501-405S17B’
6353 = ’BS1501-304S12B’
6354 = ’BS1501-304S15B’
6355 = ’BS1501-304S49B’
6356 = ’BS1501-351S12B’
6357 = ’BS1501-351S49B’
6358 = ’BS1501-347S17B’
6359 = ’BS1501-347S49B’
6360 = ’BS1501-316S12B’
6361 = ’BS1501-316S16B’
6362 = ’BS1501-316S37B’
6363 = ’BS1501-316S49B’
6364 = ’BS1501-320S17B’
6365 = ’BS1501-310S24B’
6366 = ’BS1501-NA15B’
6367 = ’BS1501-NA16B’
6368 = ’BS1501-460S52B’
6369 = ’BS1501-304S62B’
6370 = ’BS1501-304S65B’
6371 = ’BS1501-304S87B’
6372 = ’BS1501-377S67B’
6373 = ’BS1501-316S62B’
6374 = ’BS1501-316S66B’
6375 = ’BS1501-316S82B’
6376 = ’BS1501-460S52A LT70’
565
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
566
________________
Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
6461 = ’BS1503 405S17E’
567
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
568
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
6589 = ’BS1506-410S21-720’
6590 = ’BS1506-410S21-760’
6591 = ’BS1506-410S21-750’
6592 = ’BS1506-410S21-770’
F. Codelists
6593 = ’BS1506-416S29’
6594 = ’BS1506-286S31’
6595 = ’BS1506-286S31-LT196’
6596 = ’BS1506-304S31’
6597 = ’BS1506-304S31-LT196’
6598 = ’BS1506-304S51’
6599 = ’BS1506-304S61’
6600 = ’BS1506-304S61-LT196’
6601 = ’BS1506-304S71’
6602 = ’BS1506-304S71-LT196’
6603 = ’BS1506-303S22’
6604 = ’BS1506-316S31’
6605 = ’BS1506-316S31-LT196’
6606 = ’BS1506-316S33’
6607 = ’BS1506-316S33-LT196’
6608 = ’BS1506-316S51’
6609 = ’BS1506-316S53’
6610 = ’BS1506-316S61’
6611 = ’BS1506-316S61-LT196’
6612 = ’BS1506-316S63’
6613 = ’BS1506-316S63-LT196’
6614 = ’BS1506-316S65’
6615 = ’BS1506-316S65-LT196’
6616 = ’BS1506-316S67’
6617 = ’BS1506-316S67-LT196’
6618 = ’BS1506-321S31’
6619 = ’BS1506-321S31-LT196’
6620 = ’BS1506-321S51-490’
6621 = ’BS1506-321S51-520’
6622 = ’BS1506-347S31’
6623 = ’BS1506-347S31-LT196’
6624 = ’BS1506-347S51’
7999 = ’undefined’
Carbon Steels, C
14 = [CAA5UA] [AC0014] ’CL125 FFFE, CS, Brnz Trim’
16 = [CAA5VA] [AC0016] ’CL125 FFFE, Brnz Trim’
19 = [CAALV1] [1C0019] ’CL150 FFFE, CS Cement Lined’
31 = [CAC5C1] [1C0031] ’CL150 RFFE, CS, Trim 8’
32 = [CAC5C2] [2C0032] ’CL300 RFFE, CS, Trim 8’
33 = [CAC5C4] [4C0033] ’CL600 RFFE, CS, Trim 8’
35 = [CAC5G1] [1C0035] ’CL150 RFFE, CS, Trim 8’
569
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
570
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
731 = [CJL9C4] [4C0731] ’CL600 RFFE-SF, Killed CS, NACE, Trim 12’
732 = [CJL9C5] [5C0732] ’CL900 RFFE-SF, Killed CS, NACE, Trim 12’
785 = [CJU7C6] [6C0785] ’CL1500 BE/RJFE, Killed CS, Trim 8’
794 = [CJV5C6] [6C0794] ’CL1500 BE/RJFE, Killed CS, Trim 8’
F. Codelists
800 = [CJV7C6] [6C0800] ’CL1500 BE/RJFE, Killed CS, NACE, Trim 12’
803 = [CJV7K6] [6C0803] ’CL1500 BE/RJFE, Killed CS, Trim 12’
841 = [CPD5D1] [1C0841] ’CL150 RFFE, Low Temp CS, Trim 2’
842 = [CPD5D2] [2C0842] ’CL300 RFFE, Low Temp CS, Trim 2’
Stainless Steels, S
3977 = [SAC3T1] [1S3977] ’CL150 RFFE, 304/CS Valves, Trim 8’
3978 = [SAC3T2] [2S3978] ’CL300 RFFE, 304/CS Valves, Trim 8’
3979 = [SAC3T4] [4S3979] ’CL600 RFFE, 304/CS Valves, Trim 8’
3980 = [SAC3T5] [5S3980] ’CL900 RFFE, 304/CS Valves, Trim 8’
3984 = [SAD3C1] [1S3984] ’CL150 RFFE, 304/316 Valves, Trim 12’
3985 = [SAD3C2] [2S3985] ’CL300 RFFE, 304/316 Valves, Trim 12’
3988 = [SAD3E1] [1S3988] ’CL150 RFFE, 304, Trim 2’
3989 = [SAD3E2] [2S3989] ’CL300 RFFE, 304, Trim 2’
3991 = [SAD3F1] [1S3991] ’CL150 RFFE, 304, Trim 2’
4104 = [SAFYG1] [1S4104] ’CL150 RFFE, 304, 316 Trim’
4218 = [SAM3T6] [6S4218] ’CL1500 RJFE, 304/CS Valves, Trim 8’
4396 = [SBD3C2] [2S4396] ’CL300 RFFE, 304L/316 Valves, Trim 12’
4488 = [SBF3U1] [1S4488] ’CL150 RFFE, 304/316 Valves, Trim 2’
5135 = [SED5C1] [1S5135] ’CL150 RFFE, 316, Trim 12’
571
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Copper Alloys, K
Nickel Alloys, N
7540 = [NGF5G1] [1N7540] ’CL150 RFFE, Inconel 600, Inconel Trim’
Aluminum Alloys, A
Other Materials, X
7687 = [XCY1W8] [8X7687] ’Gravity Head, Vitrified Clay’
7689 = [XEY1W8] [8X7689] ’Gravity Head, Reinforced Concrete’
7733 = [XTY1U9] [9X7733] ’SCH-80, SE, PVC’
9999 = ’Undefined’
A.......materials group
B.......materials type
C.......detail features
D.......corrosion allowance or type of lining
E.......service description
F.......pressure rating
o The name of a Piping Materials Class is then determined from the convention
FAXXX, where:
F.......pressure rating
A.......material group
XXX.....sequence number from list in 2090-41-SN
572
________________
Appendix F: General Comments
Irons, F
A= Gray iron
D= Ductile iron
G= Ferritic ductile iron
F. Codelists
J= Austenitic ductile iron
Z= Other 1
Carbon Steels, C
A= CS
D= CS, galvanized
G= CS, jacketed
J= CS, killed
M= CS, killed, jacketed
P= CS, low temp
X= Other 1
Y= Other 2
Z= Other 3
Stainless Steels, S
A= 304
B= 304L
C= 304H
D= 310
E= 316
F= 316L
G= 316H
H= 321
J= 321H
K= 410S
L= CHP10
M= CHP20
N= CPF10MC
O= CPH8
P= CPK20
Q= UNS S31200
R= UNS S31250
S= UNS S31500
T= UNS S31803
U= UNS S32304
V= UNS S32550
W= Alloy 20
X= Other 1
Y= Other 2
Z= Other 3
573
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Copper Alloys, K
A= Brass
F= Bronze
K= Copper
P= 90Cu-10Ni
R= 70Cu-30Ni
X= Other 1
Y= Other 2
Z= Other 3
Nickel Alloys, N
A= Low C Ni
D= Monel
E= K-Monel
F= R-Monel
G= Inconel 600
H= Inconel 601
J= Inconel 625
L= Incoloy 800
M= Incoloy 800H
N= Incoloy 801
P= Incoloy 802
Q= Incoloy 825
T= Hastelloy B
U= Hastelloy C
V= Hastelloy G
X= Other 1
Y= Other 2
Z= Other 3
Aluminum Alloys, A
C= 3002 aluminum
D= 3003 aluminum
E= 3004 aluminum
F= 5050 aluminum
G= 5052 aluminum
Q= 6061 aluminum
R= 6063 aluminum
S= Alclad
X= Other 1
Y= Other 2
Z= Other 3
Other Materials, X
A= Asbestos cement
B= Borosilicate glass
C= Clay, vitrified
D= Concrete, prestressed
E= Concrete, reinforced
F= CPVC
G= Epoxy/Glass fib
J= Furan/Carbon
K= Furan/Glass fib
L= Kynar
N= Nylon
P= Polyester/Glass fib
Q= Polyethylene, high dens
R= Polyethylene, low dens
S= Polypropylene
T= PVC
U= Teflon
V= Titanium
574
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
W= Zirconium
X= Other 1
Y= Other 2
Z= Other 3
F. Codelists
MATERIALS CLASS DETAILS: (3rd character)
1= None
2= 0.020"
3= 0.030"
4= 0.050"
5= 0.063"
6= 0.10"
7= 0.125"
8= 0.188"
9= 0.250"
A= 405 clad
B= 410S clad
C= 304 clad
D= 304L clad
E= 316 clad
F= 316L clad
G= 317 clad
H= 317L clad
J= 321 clad
L= Cement lined
M= Epoxy lined
N= Glass lined
O= Kynar lined
P= Polyester lined
Q= Polypropylene lined
R= PTFE lined
S= Saran lined
T= Teflon lined
575
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
U= TK31 lined
V= R11 lined
W= R15 lined
X= R18 lined
Y= Other 1
Z= Other 2
1= CL150
2= CL300
3= CL400
4= CL600
5= CL900
6= CL1500
7= CL2500
8= GRAVHD
9= OTHER
A= CL125
F= CL800
G= CL2000
H= CL3000
J= CL4500
K= CL5000
L= CL6000
M= CL9000
N= CL10000
R= CL15000
T= CL20000
V= CL30000
576
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
2 = ’By Contractor’
3 = ’By Owner’
4 = ’By A’
5 = ’By B’
6 = ’By C’
7 = ’By D’
8 = ’By E’
9 = ’By Equip Vendor’
10 = ’By Vendor’
15 = ’By Piping’
16 = ’By Instruments’
25 = ’By Others’
1 = [Blank]
5 = ’CSSF, Contractor supplied, shop fabricated’
7 = ’CSFF, Contractor supplied, field fabricated’
15 = ’SSSF, Shop supplied, shop fabricated’
17 = ’SSFF, Shop supplied, field fabricated’
25 = ’FSSF, Field supplied, shop fabricated’
27 = ’FSFF, Field supplied, field fabricated’
35 = ’ASSF, A supplied, shop fabricated’
37 = ’ASFF, A supplied, field fabricated’
45 = ’BSSF, B supplied, shop fabricated’
47 = ’BSFF, B supplied, field fabricated’
95 = ’OSSF, Owner supplied, shop fabricated’
97 = ’OSFF, Owner supplied, field fabricated’
577
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
19 = ’PS8.01’
20 = ’PS9.01’
21 = ’PS10.01’
22 = ’PS10.02’
23 = ’PS11.01’
24 = ’PS12.01’
25 = ’PS13.01’
26 = ’PS14.01’
27 = ’PS16.01’
28 = ’PS18.01’
40 = ’Varies’
1 = [Blank]
2 = ’NT’ [Not heat traced]
3 = ’HT’ [Heat traced]
4 = ’PHT’ [Partially heat traced]
578
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
2 = ’N’ [Not insulated]
3 = ’P’ [Personnel protection insulated]
4 = ’H’ [Hot insulated]
5 = ’HS’ [Hot insulated with sound attenuation]
11 = ’HF’ [Hot insulated with fire protection]
14 = ’AS’ [Anti-sweat insulated]
15 = ’C’ [Cold insulated]
16 = ’CV’ [Cold insulated vacuum type]
17 = ’CS’ [Cold insulated with sound attenuation]
18 = ’CH’ [Cold and hot insulated]
20 = ’CF’ [Cold insulated with fire protection]
21 = ’S’ [Sound attenuation insulated]
22 = ’SV’ [Sound attenuation insulation with vapor barrier]
30 = ’R11’ [Refractory lined, insulation]
32 = ’R15’ [Refractory lined, insulation/erosion]
34 = ’R18’ [Refractory lined, erosion]
40 = ’Varies’
Use 11-15 for ends without integral gaskets; 16-19 for ends with
integral gaskets.
10 = ’FFTP (11-19)’ [Flat-face flanged termination type]
11 = ’FFFE’ [Flat-face flanged end]
16 = ’FFFEWG’ [Flat-face flanged end with integral gasket]
Use 21-25 for ends without integral gaskets; 26-29 for ends with
integral gaskets.
20 = ’RFTP (21-29)’ [Raised-face flanged termination type]
21 = ’RFFE’ [Raised-face flanged end]
26 = ’RFFEWG’ [Raised-face flanged end with integral gasket]
Use 31-35 for ends without integral gaskets; 36-39 for ends with
integral gaskets.
30 = ’RJFTP (31-39)’ [RTJ-face flanged termination type]
31 = ’RJFE’ [RTJ-face flanged end]
579
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Use 41-45 for ends without integral gaskets; 46-49 for ends with
integral gaskets.
40 = ’TMFTP (41-49)’ [Tongue/male-face flanged termination type]
41 = ’STFE’ [Small-tongue-face flanged end]
42 = ’LTFE’ [Large-tongue-face flanged end]
43 = ’SMFE’ [Small-male-face flanged end]
44 = ’LMFE’ [Large-male-face flanged end]
Use 51-55 for ends without integral gaskets; 56-59 for ends with
integral gaskets.
50 = ’GFFTP (51-59)’ [Groove/female-face flanged termination type]
51 = ’SGFE’ [Small-groove-face flanged end]
52 = ’LGFE’ [Large-groove-face flanged end]
53 = ’SFFE’ [Small-female-face flanged end]
54 = ’LFFE’ [Large-female-face flanged end]
Use 61-65 for lap-flanged ends without integral gaskets; 66-69 for
lap-flanged ends with integral gaskets.
60 = ’FFLFTP (61-69)’ [Flat-face lap-flanged termination type]
61 = ’FFLFE [Flat-face lap-flanged end]
Use 71-75 for lap-flanged ends without integral gaskets; 76-79 for
lap-flanged ends with integral gaskets.
70 = ’RFLFTP (71-79)’ [Raised-face lap-flanged termination type]
71 = ’RFLFE’ [Raised-face lap-flanged end]
Use 81-85 for lap-flanged ends without integral gaskets; 86-89 for
lap-flanged ends with integral gaskets.
80 = ’RJFLFTP (81-89)’ [RTJ-face lap-flanged termination type]
81 = ’RJLFE’ [RTJ-face lap-flanged end]
Use 91-95 for lap-flanged ends without integral gaskets; 96-99 for
lap-flanged ends with integral gaskets.
90 = ’TMFLFTP (91-99)’ [Tongue/male-face lap-flanged termination type]
91 = ’STLFE’ [Small-tongue-face lap-flanged end]
92 = ’LTLFE’ [Large-tongue-face lap-flanged end]
93 = ’SMLFE’ [Small-male-face lap-flanged end]
94 = ’LMLFE’ [Large-male-face lap-flanged end]
Use 111-115 for ends without integral gaskets; 116-119 for ends
with integral gaskets.
110 = ’FFTBTP (111-119)’[Flat-face thru-bolted termination type]
111 = ’FFTBE’ [Flat-face thru-bolted end]
116 = ’FFTBEWG’ [Flat-face thru-bolted end with integral gasket]
Use 121-125 for ends without integral gaskets; 126-129 for ends
with integral gaskets.
120 = ’RFTBTP (121-129)’[Raised-face thru-bolted termination type]
121 = ’RFTBE’ [Raised-face thru-bolted end]
126 = ’RFTBEWG’ [Raised-face thru-bolted end with integral gasket]
Use 131-135 for ends without integral gaskets; 136-139 for ends
with integral gaskets.
130 = ’RJTBTP (131-139)’[RTJ-face thru-bolted termination type]
131 = ’RJTBE’ [RTJ-face thru-bolted end]
580
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
Use 141-145 for ends without integral gaskets; 146-149 for ends
with integral gaskets.
140 = ’MRJTBTP (141-149)’[Male RTJ-face thru-bolted termination type]
146 = ’MRJTBEWG’ [Male RTJ-face thru-bolted end with integral gasket]
F. Codelists
Use 151-155 for ends without integral gaskets; 156-159 for ends
with integral gaskets.
150 = ’FFTBCSTP (151-159)’[Flat-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws termination type]
151 = ’FFTBCSE’ [Flat-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws end]
156 = ’FFTBCSEWG’ [Flat-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws end with integral gasket]
Use 161-165 for ends without integral gaskets; 166-169 for ends
with integral gaskets.
160 = ’RFTBCSTP (161-169)’[Raised-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws termination type]
161 = ’RFTBCSE’ [Raised-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws end]
166 = ’RFTBCSEWG’ [Raised-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws end with integral gasket]
Use 171-175 for ends without integral gaskets; 176-179 for ends
with integral gaskets.
170 = ’RJTBCSTP (171-179)’[RTJ-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws termination type]
171 = ’RJTBCSE’ [RTJ-face thru-bolted-with-cap-screws end]
Use 181-185 for ends without integral gaskets; 186-189 for ends
with integral gaskets.
180 = ’FFFTBTP (181-189)’[Flat-full-face thru-bolted termination type]
181 = ’FFFTBE’ [Flat-full-face thru-bolted end]
186 = ’FFFTBEWG’ [Flat-full-face thru-bolted end with integral gasket]
581
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
1 = [Blank]
10 = ’.0625’
11 = ’.125’
12 = ’.1875’
13 = ’.25’
14 = ’.3125’
15 = ’.375’
16 = ’.4375’
17 = ’.5’
18 = ’.5625’
19 = ’.625’
20 = ’.6875’
21 = ’.75’
22 = ’.8125’
582
________________
Appendix F: General Comments
23 = ’.875’
24 = ’.9375’
25 = ’1’
30 = ’1.0625’
F. Codelists
31 = ’1.125’
32 = ’1.1875’
33 = ’1.25’
34 = ’1.3125’
35 = ’1.375’
36 = ’1.4375’
37 = ’1.5’
38 = ’1.5625’
39 = ’1.625’
40 = ’1.6875’
41 = ’1.75’
42 = ’1.8125’
43 = ’1.875’
44 = ’1.9375’
45 = ’2’
50 = ’2.0625’
51 = ’2.125’
52 = ’2.1875’
53 = ’2.25’
54 = ’2.3125’
55 = ’2.375’
56 = ’2.4375’
57 = ’2.5’
58 = ’2.5625’
59 = ’2.625’
60 = ’2.6875’
61 = ’2.75’
62 = ’2.8125’
63 = ’2.875’
64 = ’2.9375’
65 = ’3’
100 = ’S-5S’
101 = ’S-10S’
102 = ’S-40S’
103 = ’S-80S’
110 = ’S-10’
111 = ’S-20’
112 = ’S-30’
113 = ’S-40’
114 = ’S-60’
115 = ’S-80’
116 = ’S-100’
117 = ’S-120’
118 = ’S-140’
119 = ’S-160’
130 = ’S-STD’
131 = ’S-XS’
132 = ’S-XXS’
583
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
0 = ’None’
1 = ’reconstruct’
2 = ’re-calculate’
584
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
18 = ’Gate valve’
19 = ’Extended body gate valve’
20 = ’Conduit gate valve’
21 = ’Blank gate valve’
22 = ’3-way valve’
23 = ’Ball valve’ [2-way]
24 = ’2-way valve’
25 = ’3-way ball valve’
28 = ’Globe valve’ [2-way]
29 = ’Angle globe valve’ [2-way]
30 = ’3-way globe valve’
31 = ’Y globe valve’
33 = ’Plug valve’ [2-way]
34 = ’4-way valve’
35 = ’3-way plug valve’
36 = ’4-way plug valve’
39 = ’Needle valve’
43 = ’Butterfly valve’
47 = ’Diaphragm valve’
49 = ’Knife gate valve’
50 = ’Slide valve’ [2-way]
51 = ’3-way slide valve’
54 = ’Angle valve’
55 = ’Check valve’
56 = ’Wafer check valve’
57 = ’Angle check valve’
58 = ’Stop check valve’
59 = ’Angle stop check valve’
60 = ’Y stop check valve’
67 = ’Backflow preventer’
68 = ’Automatic recirculation valve’
70 = ’Angle blowdown valve’
71 = ’Y blowdown valve’
73 = ’Pinch valve’
74 = ’Float valve’
75 = ’Foot valve’
79 = ’Tank drain valve’
86 = ’Deluge valve’
89 = ’Hose valve’
90 = ’Angle hose valve’
93 = ’Vent/drain valve’
97 = ’Instrument root valve’
98 = ’3-way instrument root valve’
99 = ’4-way instrument root valve’
117 = ’Flange’
119 = ’Reducing flange’
120 = ’Expander flange’
122 = ’Orifice flange’
124 = ’Blind flange’
126 = ’Open spectacle blank’
127 = ’Closed spectacle blank’
128 = ’Blank disc’
129 = ’Blind spacer’
130 = ’Tapered spacer’
131 = ’Open spacer’
132 = ’End’
133 = ’Head’
585
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
135 = ’Plug’
137 = ’Cap’
138 = ’Diameter change’
139 = ’Concentric diameter change’
140 = ’Eccentric diameter change’
141 = ’Coupling/connector’
142 = ’Half coupling’
143 = ’Concentric reducer’
144 = ’Eccentric reducer’
148 = ’Reducing coupling’
151 = ’Concentric swage’
152 = ’Eccentric swage’
155 = ’Union’
156 = ’Orifice union’
157 = ’Dielectric union’
159 = ’Hose connection’
160 = ’Bushing’
162 = ’Reducing insert’
163 = ’Pipe bend’
165 = ’5.625 deg elbow’
167 = ’11.25 deg elbow’
169 = ’22.5 deg elbow’
171 = ’<45 deg direction change’
172 = ’45 deg direction change’
173 = ’45 deg elbow’
175 = ’45 deg LR elbow’
176 = ’45 deg long tangent elbow’
177 = ’45 deg 3D elbow’
179 = ’45 deg union elbow’
181 = ’45 deg street elbow’
182 = ’45 deg short elbow’
184 = ’45 deg long elbow’
189 = ’60 deg elbow’
191 = ’45-90 deg direction change’
192 = ’90 deg direction change’
193 = ’90 deg elbow’
195 = ’90 deg SR elbow’
196 = ’90 deg LR elbow’
198 = ’90 deg LR long tangent elbow’
200 = ’90 deg reducing elbow’
202 = ’90 deg 3D elbow’
204 = ’90 deg union elbow’
206 = ’90 deg street elbow’
207 = ’90 deg reducing street elbow’
209 = ’90 deg short elbow’
210 = ’90 deg long elbow’
216 = ’180 deg return’
218 = ’180 deg SR return’
220 = ’180 deg LR return’
222 = ’180 deg close return’
223 = ’180 deg medium return’
224 = ’180 deg open return’
229 = ’Miter’
231 = ’45 deg miter’
233 = ’90 deg miter’
237 = ’Tee’
239 = ’Reducing branch tee’
240 = ’Reducing run and branch tee’
242 = ’On-run union tee’
243 = ’On-branch union tee’
246 = ’Street tee’
249 = ’Reducing instrument tee’
586
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
264 = ’Reducing branch lateral’
265 = ’Reducing run and branch lateral’
267 = ’90 deg short Y-branch’
268 = ’90 deg reducing short Y-branch’
269 = ’90 deg long Y-branch’
270 = ’90 deg reducing long Y-branch’
275 = ’Cross’
277 = ’Reducing branches cross’
278 = ’Reducing run and branches cross’
279 = ’Basin cross’
285 = ’Saddle’
287 = ’Sweepolet’
288 = ’Weldolet’
289 = ’Sockolet’
290 = ’Thredolet’
291 = ’Nippolet’
292 = ’Elbolet’
293 = ’Latrolet’
294 = ’Endolet’
295 = ’Reinforcing pad’
297 = ’Reinforcing weld’
299 = ’Buttweld’
303 = ’Branch nipple’
304 = ’In-line nipple’
310 = ’Gasket’
312 = ’Stud’
313 = ’Nut’
587
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
909 = ’Anchor’
911 = ’1-way support’
913 = ’2-way support’
923 = ’Spring support’
927 = ’Damping support’
588
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
1044 = ’FTM off-dwg piping connector’
1045 = ’FBM off-dwg piping connector’
1047 = ’Utility off-dwg pip connector’
1049 = ’To off-vol piping connector’
1053 = ’From off-vol piping connector’
1068 = ’TRM off-unit piping connector’
1069 = ’TLM off-unit piping connector’
1070 = ’TTM off-unit piping connector’
1071 = ’TBM off-unit piping connector’
1072 = ’FRM off-unit piping connector’
1073 = ’FLM off-unit piping connector’
1074 = ’FTM off-unit piping connector’
1075 = ’FBM off-unit piping connector’
1079 = ’To off-site piping connector’
1083 = ’From off-site piping connector’
589
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
590
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
CL390, Action (40)
1 = [Blank]
591
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
592
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
189 = ’LS-LP’ [Long-stub-end, lap joint flange]
191 = ’Filler’ [Filler flange]
193 = ’Socket’ [Socket flange]
195 = ’SW’ [Socketwelded flange]
196 = ’SW Red’ [Socketwelded reducing flange]
197 = ’Thd’ [Threaded flange]
593
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
594
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
740 = ’6.0"(150mm) PE’ [6.0" long, PE]
741 = ’6.0"(150mm) BE x MTE’ [6.0" long, BE x MTE]
742 = ’6.0"(150mm) BE x PE’ [6.0" long, BE x PE]
743 = ’6.0"(150mm) MTE x PE’ [6.0" long, MTE x PE]
744 = ’7.0"(175mm) BE’ [7.0" long, BE]
745 = ’7.0"(175mm) MTE’ [7.0" long, MTE]
746 = ’7.0"(175mm) PE’ [7.0" long, PE]
747 = ’7.0"(175mm) BE x MTE’ [7.0" long, BE x MTE]
748 = ’7.0"(175mm) BE x PE’ [7.0" long, BE x PE]
749 = ’7.0"(175mm) MTE x PE’ [7.0" long, MTE x PE]
750 = ’8.0"(200mm) PE’ [8.0" long, PE]
751 = ’9.0"(225mm) PE’ [9.0" long, PE]
752 = ’1O.0"(250mm) PE’ [10.0" long, PE]
753 = ’11.0"(275mm) PE’ [11.0" long, PE]
754 = ’12.0"(300mm) PE’ [12.0" long, PE]
755 = ’HEX’ [Hexagon]
595
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
831 = ’CL20000’
835 = ’CL30000’
836 = ’SCH 40’
838 = ’SCH 80’
840 = ’GRAVHD’
596
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
960 = ’AWWA-C207 Cl.B & D, ring’ [Steel slip-on flanges CL86, CL150, CL175]
961 = ’AWWA-C207 Cl.B & D, hub’ [Steel slip-on flanges CL86, CL150, CL175]
962 = ’AWWA-C207 Cl.E, hub’ [Steel slip-on flanges CL275]
970 = ’API-5LE’ [Polyethylene fittings]
F. Codelists
975 = ’API-6A’ [Wellhead flanges and fittings]
979 = ’API-605’ [API-605 flanges]
980 = ’MSS-SP-44-NB’ [MSS non-blind flanges]
981 = ’MSS-SP-44-B’ [MSS blind flanges]
597
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
598
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
204 = ’Use for hydrostatic vents and drains. Seal (bridge) weld
after testing in accordance with piping job specifications.’
205 = ’Use bends for direction changes.’
206 = ’Use at flanged equipment connections.’
207 = ’Use for hydrostatic vents and drains.’
208 = ’Use threaded plug for vent/drain valve; do not seal weld plug.’
209 = ’To be used only where specifically required and/or between
blind flange and gasket.’
210 = ’Use threaded plug for vent/drain valve; do not seal weld
plug. Vent/drain and instrument root valves with 1 inch nominal
diameter in carbon steel and 9Cr-1Mo materials provide more
than 3/16 inch but less than 1/4 inch CA.’
211 = ’Use of this component under certain pressure/temperature
conditions may provide less than 3/16 inch CA.’
214 = ’Use where full port is required.’
220 = ’Install in the horizontal position only.’
221 = ’Valve shall be in accordance with NACE MR-01-75.’
222 = ’Use 0.75 inch diameter only at orifice flange taps.’
223 = ’Use 0.5 inch diameter only at orifice flange taps.’
224 = ’To be used only where specifically required. Valve sizes
16" and larger require electric motor operators.’
253 = ’Use of unions and threaded fittings shall be limited to a
maximum temperature of 500 degF.’
257 = ’When mating stainless steel flanges to ferritic steel
flanges, use studs corresponding to the ferritic flange.’
259 = ’Double hub fittings are available in 90 degrees and 45
degrees elbows.’
260 = ’Cement lined per AWWA-C205-80. Minimum lining thickness
shall be 0.3125 inch thick. Lining shall be Type II cement per
ASTM-C150 with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
3000 psi. Lining shall be flush with ends.’
276 = ’Remove internals of valves containing Teflon seats and/or
seals prior to welding or backwelding.’
304 = ’For use in deluge systems.’
325 = ’Do not use over 100 degF.’
326 = ’Do not use over 150 degF.’
328 = ’Do not use over 180 degF.’
329 = ’Do not use over 200 degF.’
330 = ’Do not use over 250 degF.’
331 = ’Do not use over 300 degF.’
332 = ’Do not use over 350 degF.’
333 = ’Do not use over 400 degF.’
334 = ’Do not use over 450 degF.’
335 = ’Do not use over 500 degF.’
336 = ’Do not use over 550 degF.’
337 = ’Do not use over 600 degF.’
338 = ’Do not use over 650 degF.’
339 = ’Do not use over 700 degF.’
340 = ’Do not use over 750 degF.’
341 = ’Do not use over 800 degF.’
599
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
1 = [Blank]
600
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
31 = ’Gear, top mounted inclined handwheel’
33 = ’Gear, side mounted handwheel’
35 = ’Gear, side mounted inclined handwheel’
39 = ’Lever, quick-action’
40 = ’Post indicator’
Actuators, 41-99
41 = ’Diaphragm’
42 = ’Electro-Pneumatic’
43 = ’Press-balanced diaphragm’
45 = ’Regulator’
49 = ’Single acting cylinder’
51 = ’Double acting cylinder’
53 = ’Pilot operated cylinder’
57 = ’Motor’
61 = ’Digital’
65 = ’Electro-hydraulic’
69 = ’Single solenoid’
71 = ’Single solenoid w/reset’
73 = ’Double solenoid’
77 = ’Pilot’
81 = ’Weight’
85 = ’Manual’
89 = ’Spring’
91 = ’Capacitance sensor’
93 = ’Ball float’
95 = ’Displacement float’
97 = ’Paddle wheel’
60 = ’BS806’
61 = ’BS3351’
601
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
1 = [Blank]
602
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
114 = ’API-5A’ [Casing, Tubing and Drill Pipe]
115 = ’API-5B’ [Casing, Tubing and Line Pipe Threads]
119 = ’API-5L’ [Line Pipe ||]
120 = ’API-5LE’ [Polyethylene Line Pipe ||]
122 = ’API-5LP’ [Thermoplastic Line Pipe ||]
124 = ’API-5LS’ [Spiralweld Line Pipe ||]
126 = ’API-5LU’ [Ultra High Test Heat Treated Line Pipe ||]
127 = ’API-5LX’ [High Test Line Pipe]
131 = ’API-6A’ [Wellhead Equipment]
132 = ’API-6AB’ [30,000 PSI Flanged Wellhead Equipment]
135 = ’API-6D’ [Pipeline Valves, End Closures, Connectors and Swivels]
141 = ’API-526’ [Flanged Steel Safety Relief Valves]
145 = ’API-590’ [Steel Line Blanks ||]
146 = ’API-590Z1’ [Steel Line Blanks - with 0.125" CA ||]
147 = ’API-590Z2’ [Steel Line Blanks - with 0.25" CA ||]
153 = ’API-593’ [Ductile Iron Plug Valves]
154 = ’API-594’ [Wafer Check Valves]
155 = ’API-595’ [Cast Iron Gate Valves]
157 = ’API-597’ [Steel Venturi Gate Valves]
159 = ’API-599’ [Steel Plug Valves]
160 = ’API-600’ [Steel Gate Valves ||]
161 = ’API-601’ [Metallic Gaskets for Raised Face Pipe Flanges and
Flanged Connections ||]
162 = ’API-602’ [Compact Steel Gate Valves]
163 = ’API-603’ [Class 150 Cast Flanged End Gate Valves]
164 = ’API-604’ [Ductile Iron Gate Valves]
165 = ’API-605’ [Large Diameter Carbon Steel Flanges ||]
166 = ’API-606’ [Compact Carbon Steel Gate Valves]
169 = ’API-609’ [Butterfly Valves Lug and Wafer Type]
603
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
298 = ’NFPA-1963’ [Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire Hose connections]
300 = ’ASME BPE-97’
[Geometry standards that follow apply to specific manufacturers.
If one of these standards is used to define a component, the
following information will be shown in brackets to the right of the
geometry standard:
o For valves: the applicable model codes and vendor’s designations
o For fittings: the applicable model codes will be shown unless
the vendor’s designation is required to differentiate between
components requiring a different geometry standard to assign them
to the proper data table.
1000 = ’Adamson 1’
1001 = ’Adams 1’
1025 = ’Aitken 1’ [BLPAD; BLSPA; TDRA; TDRB; TDRBW ||]
1026 = ’Aitken Z1’ [BLPAD; BLSPA - with 0.125" CA ||]
1027 = ’Aitken Z2’ [BLPAD; BLSPA - with 0.25" CA ||]
1050 = ’Allied Pipe Products 1’
1075 = ’Aldo Colombo 1’
1100 = ’Aloyco 1’ [GATR-Fig_114; GATR-Fig_114DB; GATR-Fig_114EB; GATR-Fig_124;
GATR-Fig_2214A; GLOR-Fig_2310A; GLOR-Fig_2314A; GLOR-Fig_314; GLOR-Fig_314DB;
GLOR-Fig_314EB; GLOR-Fig_504; CKLR-Fig_554; CKLR-Fig_2554A; CKSR-Fig_2374;
CKSR-Fig_374; TKDR-Fig_751 ||]
1101 = ’Aloyco 2’ [GATR-Fig_2110; GATR-Fig_2114 ||]
1125 = ’American Darling 1’ [H3W1-Fig_B-50-B ||]
1130 = ’American DI Pipe’ [PIPE; L; LRB ||]
1150 = ’American Valve 1’
1175 = ’Amri 1’
1200 = ’Anaconda 1’
1225 = ’Anderson Greenwood 1’
1250 = ’Anvil 1’
1275 = ’A.O.Smith 1’
1300 = ’Apollo 1’
1325 = ’Argus 1’
1350 = ’Armstrong 1’ [S51AC-Fig_K1SC; S70AC-Fig_2011; S70BC-Fig_2011 ||]
1375 = ’Asahi/American 1’
1400 = ’Babbitt 1’
1425 = ’Babcock and Wilcox 1’
1450 = ’Badger Meters 1’
1475 = ’Bailey Co 1’
604
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
1500 = ’Balon 1’
1525 = ’Basic Engineering 1’
1550 = ’Bestobel 1’
1560 = ’Bete 1’ [SSP1-Series_N ||]
F. Codelists
1575 = ’Bonney Forge 1’ [GAT-Fig_9HLF-10; GATR-Fig_9H-10; GATR-Fig_9W-10;
GATEXB-Fig_VLL-10; GATEXB-Fig_VOLL-10; GLOR-Fig_HL-30; GLOR-Fig_9HL-30;
GLOR-Fig_9WL-30; CKLR-Fig_9HL-40; CKLR-Fig_9HL-50; CKLR-Fig_9HL-60;
CKLR-Fig_9WL-40; CKLR-Fig_9WL-50; CKLR-Fig_9WL-60; CKLR-Fig_HL-40;
CKLR-Fig_9HLF-40; CKLRY-Fig_9Y-40; CKLRY-Fig_25Y-40; CAPOT; UN; L; LRB;
SWOL; WOL; SOL; TOL; NOL; EOLLR; EOLSR; LOL ||]
1576 = ’Bonney Forge 2’ [GATR-Fig_9H-10; GATR-Fig_25W-10; GLOR-Fig_9HL-30;
GLOR-Fig_9WL-30; GLOR-Fig_25W-30; GLOY-Fig_25Y-30; CKLR-Fig_9HL-40;
CKLR-Fig_9HL-50; CKLR-Fig_9HL-60; CKLR-Fig_9WL-40; CKLR-Fig_9WL-50;
CKLR-Fig_9WL-60 ||]
1577 = ’Bonney Forge 3’ [GATF-Fig_H-10; GATF-Fig_W-10; GATR-Fig_HL-10;
GATR-Fig_WL-10; CKLR-Fig_HL-40; CKLR-Fig_WL-40 ||]
1585 = ’Boots & Coots 1’ [MN1-Spectrum_Allpha_6235 ||]
1590 = ’Bray 1’
1600 = ’Brooks Meters 1’
1625 = ’Cameron 1’
1650 = ’Carbone 1’
1675 = ’Ciba-Geigy 1’
1700 = ’Clark Reliance 1’
1725 = ’Clayton Automatic Valves 1’ [CKBP-Model_D; FLO-Series_427-01 ||]
1750 = ’Clayton Mark 1’
1775 = ’Clow 1’
1800 = ’Cochrane 1’
1825 = ’Condren 1’
1850 = ’Continental Emsco 1’
1875 = ’Cooper Valve 1’
1900 = ’Crane 1’ [GATF-Fig_3904U; GATR-Fig_424; GATR-Fig_431UB; BALR-Fig_9302;
GLOF-Fig_3944U; GLOR-Fig_14 1/2P; GLOR-Fig_70; GLOY-Fig_7189; NEE-Fig_88;
CKS-Fig_373;CKLF-Fig_3973U; CKSR-Fig_36; CKSR-Fig_137; FOOT-Fig_394;
FOOT-Fig_395; FLWN; FSO; L; LRB ||]
1925 = ’Crosby 1’
1950 = ’Daniel 1’
1975 = ’Demco 1’
2000 = ’Dezurik 1’
2025 = ’Dixon 1’
2050 = ’Dresser 1’
2075 = ’Dover 1’
2100 = ’DOW 1’ [TRI-Lining_SL; TRI-Lining_PPL, TRI-Lining_KL ||]
2150 = ’Duo Seal 1’
2155 = ’Dur-O-Lock 1’ [CPL ||]
2175 = ’Durco 1’
2200 = ’Elkhart 1’
2225 = ’Enpro 1’
2250 = ’Epsco 1’
2275 = ’Everest 1’
605
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
2575 = ’Garlok 1’
2600 = ’General 1’
2625 = ’Geosource 1’
2650 = ’Gestra 1’
2660 = ’Gladding McBean 1’ [REDC; E45; E90; M451; M452; L ||]
2675 = ’Graylock 1’
2700 = ’Grinnell 1’ [BALR-Fig_3022; CAPOT; UNO; E45U; E90RST; TOUB; TOUR ||]
2715 = ’Grinnell Fire Prot 1’ [DEL-Model_A-4; SSP-Mulsifyre-Projector ||]
2725 = ’Grove 1’
2750 = ’Gulf 1’
2775 = ’Hammond 1’
2800 = ’Hancock 1’ [BDA-Fig_5505W ||]
2825 = ’Haws 1’ [SSEW1-Fig_8309; SSEW1-Fig 8309CRP ||]
2850 = ’Heaton 1’
2860 = ’Hex 1’
2875 = ’Hindle-Hamer 1’
2900 = ’Hitachi 1’
2915 = ’Hoke 1’
2925 = ’Hydril 1’
3125 = ’Kamyr-Neles 1’
3150 = ’Kemp 1’
3175 = ’Kennedy 1’
3200 = ’Keystone 1’
3225 = ’Kinka Kikai 1’
3250 = ’Kitz 1’
3275 = ’KTM 1’
3300 = ’Kubota 1’
3445 = ’Mac-Iron 1’
3450 = ’Magnetrol 1’
3475 = ’Malbranque 1’
3500 = ’Maloney 1’
3525 = ’Mark Controls/Centerline 1’ [BFYLP-Series_A; BFYLP-Series_LT;
BYFLP-Series_504 ||]
3550 = ’Mark Controls/Flowseal 1’ [BFYHP-Style_1LB ||]
3575 = ’Mark Controls/Marpac 1’
3600 = ’Mark Controls/Pacific 1’ [GATSP-Fig_21555; GATSP-Fig_55509; GATSP-Fig_55515;
GLOSP-Fig_56009; GLOSP-Fig_56015; CKSSP-Fig_58809-5-WE; CKSSP-Fig_58815-7-WE;
CKST-Fig_160S ||]
3625 = ’Marlin 1’
606
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
3650 = ’Marwin 1’
3675 = ’Masoneilan 1’
3700 = ’Media 1’ [BFYLP]
3725 = ’Milwaukee 1’
F. Codelists
3750 = ’Mueller/Muessco Brass 1’
3775 = ’Mueller/Muessco Steam Specialty 1’ [S51AC-Fig_761WE; S51AC-Fig_862BC;
S51AC-Fig_762 ||]
3800 = ’Navco 1’
3825 = ’Nells 1’
3850 = ’Newco 1’
3860 = ’Nibco 1’
3875 = ’Nicholson 1’ [S78AC-Fig_N302L ||]
3900 = ’Nippon-Benkan 1’ [BW fittings above 48" ||]
3925 = ’Nupro 1’
3950 = ’OPW 1’
3975 = ’Orbit 1’
4000 = ’Oseco 1’
4520 = ’Sarco 1’
4522 = ’Saunders 1’
4525 = ’Sella 1’
4550 = ’Serck Audco 1’
4575 = ’Serfilco 1’
4600 = ’Shoritsu 1’
4625 = ’Smith 1’ [GATF-Fig_888; GATF-Fig_5870; GATR-Fig_800; GATR-Fig_870;
GATR-Fig_1500; GATR-Fig_1570; GATEX-Fig_811 & 812 MPE/THD; GATEX-Fig_876
607
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
& 877 MPE/THD; GATEXB-Fig_874 & 875 OLET/THD; GATXBA-Fig_874 & 875 OLET/SW;
GATXBB-Fig_874 & 875 OLET/THD; GLOR-Fig_G80; GLOR-Fig_G87; GLOR-Fig_G150;
GLOR-Fig_G157; CKLR-Fig_B80; CKLR-Fig_C80; CKLR-Fig_C150; CKLR-Fig_SB80;
CKLR-Fig_SC80 ||]
4626 = ’Smith 2’ [GATEX-Fig_813 & 814 MPE/SW; GATEX-Fig_878 & 879 MPE/SW ||]
4650 = ’Spraying Systems 1’
4675 = ’Spirax Sarco 1’
4700 = ’Stanco 1’
4725 = ’Standard Fittings 1’ [CAPOT; SWGC; SWGE ||]
4750 = ’Stang Hydronics 1’ [M1-Fig BB0309-21 w/shapertip nozzle; ME1-Fig BB3561 ||]
4751 = ’Stang Hydronics 2’ [M1-Fig_BB0309-21 w/fog nozzle; ME1-Fig B22999 ||]
4752 = ’Stang Hydronics 3’ [ME1-Fig_BB3561 composite, w/monitor nozzle ||]
4753 = ’Stang Hydronics 4’ [ME1-Fig_BB3377 composite, w/monitor nozzle ||]
4775 = ’Stockham 1’
4800 = ’Strahman 1’
4825 = ’Swagelok 1’
4850 = ’Tapco 1’
4875 = ’Taylor 1’
4900 = ’Taylor Forge 1’
4901 = ’Taylor Forge 2, Rev 1957’ [L; S-STD WT ||]
4925 = ’Teledyne Farris 1’
4950 = ’Texas Bolt 1’
4975 = ’Thevignot 1’
5000 = ’Titeflex 1’
5025 = ’TK 1’
5050 = ’TKM 1’ [GAT-Fig_100 ||]
5060 = ’Top Line 1’
5075 = ’Triangle 1’
5085 = ’Tri-Clover 1’
5100 = ’Truflo 1’
5125 = ’TRW/Mission 1’ [||]
5150 = ’Tubeturn 1’ [FWN; FEWN; FOWNA; FOWNB; CAPBV; E453D; E90LT; E903D; L; SAD ||]
5175 = ’Tufline 1’
5200 = ’Tyler 1’ [CPL; REDC; E45LT; E90LT; L ||]
5225 = ’Valvotecnic 1’
5250 = ’Vanessa 1’
5275 = ’Velan 1’ [S3AC-Fig_N675 ||]
5300 = ’Victaulic 1’
5325 = ’Viking 1’
5350 = ’Vitas 1’
5375 = ’Vogt 1’ [GATR-Series_15373; GLOR-Series_15141; CKLR-Series_15701;
NEE-Series_22461; NEE-Series_SW22461; CAPOT; UN; E90U; E90ST; L ||]
5400 = ’Wada 1’
5425 = ’Wallworth 1’
5450 = ’Watts Regulator 1’
5475 = ’Weco 1’
5500 = ’WFI 1’
5525 = ’Winston 1’ [S49AC-T-Strainer Type-59 W/flg’d cover; S53AC-Basket-Strainer-
Fig 51-WIP W/CL150 flg’d cover & 3/4" SWE drain||]
5535 = ’Wirt & Knox 1’
5550 = ’WKM 1’
5575 = ’Worcester 1’
608
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
5650 = ’Zurn 1’
F. Codelists
General Specifications
7000 = ’DIN 2401-1 Pressure, nominal’
7001 = ’DIN 2401-2 Pressure, nominal’
7002 = ’DIN 2402 Diameter,nominal’
Pipes
Flanges
7100 = ’DIN 2530’ ;Cast iron flanges, PN 2,5
7101 = ’DIN 2531’ ;Cast iron flanges, PN 6
7102 = ’DIN 2532’ ;Cast iron flanges, PN 10
7103 = ’DIN 2533’ ;Cast iron flanges, PN 16
7104 = ’DIN 2534’ ;Cast iron flanges, PN 25
7105 = ’DIN 2535’ ;Cast iron flanges, PN 40
7106 = ’DIN 2543’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 16
7107 = ’DIN 2544’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 25
7108 = ’DIN 2545’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 40
7109 = ’DIN 2546’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 64
7110 = ’DIN 2547’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 100
7111 = ’DIN 2548’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 160
7112 = ’DIN 2549’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 250
7113 = ’DIN 2550’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 320
7114 = ’DIN 2551’ ;Cast steel flanges, PN 400
7115 = ’DIN 2558’ ;Plain face oval screwed flange PN 6
7116 = ’DIN 2561’ ;Oval screwed flange w/ socket PN 10,16
7117 = ’DIN 2565’ ;Screwed flange PN 6 rund
7118 = ’DIN 2566’ ;Screwed flange PN 10,16
7119 = ’DIN 2567’ ;Screwed flange PN 25,40
7120 = ’DIN 2568’ ;Screwed flange PN 64
7121 = ’DIN 2569’ ;Screwed flange PN 100
7122 = ’DIN 2630’ ;Welding neck flange PN 1
7123 = ’DIN 2631’ ;Welding neck flange PN 6
7124 = ’DIN 2632’ ;Welding neck flange PN 10
7125 = ’DIN 2633’ ;Welding neck flange PN 16
7126 = ’DIN 2634’ ;Welding neck flange PN 25
7127 = ’DIN 2635’ ;Welding neck flange PN 40
7128 = ’DIN 2636’ ;Welding neck flange PN 64
609
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Elbows
7200 = ’DIN 2605’ ;Tube bends f. butt wldg
7201 = ’DIN 2606’ ;Tube bends, steel 5d
7202 = ’DIN 2916’ ;Bending radii, seaml.& wld pipes
7203 = ’DIN 2983’ ;Threaded steel pipe fittings, bends
7204 = ’DIN 2987’ ;Threaded steel pipe fittings, elbows
7205 = ’DIN 2987’ ;Threaded steel pipe fittings, elbows, reduced
7206 = ’DIN 2950’ ;Malleable cast iron fittings, elbows
Reducers
7300 = ’DIN 2616’ ;Steel fittings, reducers
7301 = ’DIN 2990’ ;Threaded steel pipe fittings, Bushings
7302 = ’DIN 2988’ ;Threaded steel pipe fittings, Reducing sockets
7303 = ’DIN 2950’ ;Malleable cast iron fittings, Reducing sockets
7304 = ’DIN 2950’ ; - " - , male and female connections, Bushings
610
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
7321 = ’DIN 16962’ ;Polypropylen (PP) components, Red. NRGI, part 9
7322 = ’DIN 16962’ ;Polypropylen (PP) components, Red. R2, part 10
7323 = ’DIN 16962’ ;Polypropylen (PP) components, Red. R3, part 11
Branches
7400 = ’DIN 2615’ ;Butt wldg steel fittings;T
7401 = ’DIN 2618’ ;Welding saddles, short
7402 = ’DIN 2618’ ;Welding saddles, long
7403 = ’DIN 2619’ ;Bends for welding
7404 = ’DIN 2987’ ;Threaded steel fittings;cross;T
7405 = ’DIN 2987’ ;Threaded steel fittings;cross;T;redcd
7406 = ’DIN 2950’ ;Malleable cast iron fittings, Tees, Crosses
Caps
7500 = ’DIN 2617’ ;Butt wldg steel fittings, Caps
7501 = ’DIN 2991’ ;Threaded steel fittings, Caps
7502 = ’DIN 2950’ ;Malleable cast iron fittings, Caps
Other fittings
7600 = ’DIN 2981’ ;Threaded steel fittings with long screw thread
7601 = ’DIN 2982’ ;Threaded steel fittings, Parallel Nipples
7602 = ’DIN 2982’ ;Threaded steel fittings, Taper Nipples
7603 = ’DIN 2986’ ;Threaded steel fittings, Sockets
7604 = ’DIN 2990’ ;Threaded steel fittings, Hexagon Nipples
7605 = ’DIN 2991’ ;Threaded steel fittings, Plain plugs
7606 = ’DIN 2993’ ;Threaded steel fittings, Pipe unions
Gaskets
8100 = ’DIN 2690’ ;Gasket for plain face C
8101 = ’DIN 2691’ ;Gasket for tongue & groove
8102 = ’DIN 2692’ ;Gasket for recessed faces
8103 = ’DIN 2693’ ;Rings for grooved faces
8104 = ’DIN 2695’ ;Diaphragm
8105 = ’DIN 2696’ ;Lenticular gaskets
8106 = ’DIN 2697’ ;Grooved O- rings
8107 = ’DIN 2698’ ;Corrugated steel sheet
611
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Valves
9000 = ’Non conform DIN 3202’
9010 = ’DIN 3202-F’ ; Teil 1
9020 = ’DIN 3202-S’ ; Teil 2
9030 = ’DIN 3202-K’ ; Teil 3
9040 = ’DIN 3202-M’ ; Teil 4
9050 = ’DIN 3202-F’ ; Teil 5
Dummy standard
9999 = ’Dummy DIN Std’ ; Used for engineered items and instruments
PIPES
12000 = ’BS3600 table 1 carbon and low alloy steel tubes’
12001 = ’BS3600 table 2 austenitic stainless steel tubes’
12002 = ’BS3600 table 3 high alloy ferritic steel tubes’
12003 = ’BS3600 table 4 cs tubes for compression fitting - tbi’
12004 = ’BS3600 table 5 ss tubes for compression fitting - tbi’
FLANGES
FITTINGS
VALVES
612
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
12660 = ’BS5158’
12661 = ’BS5158 and app A’
12665 = ’BS5159’
12666 = ’BS5159 and app A’
F. Codelists
12670 = ’BS5160’
12671 = ’BS5160 and app A’
gaskets
bolting
13200 = ’BS4882 metric series bolting’
13210 = ’BS4882 inch series bolting’
dummy
13999 = ’dummy BS code’
1 = [Blank]
613
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
49 =
’AWWA-C110’ [Iron fittings]
50 =
’AWWA-C115’ [Iron pipe and fittings]
55 =
’AWWA-C151’ [Ductile iron pipe]
60 =
’AWWA-C207 Cl.B & D, ring’
[Steel slip-on flanges CL86, CL150, CL175]
61 = ’AWWA-C207 Cl.B & D, hub’
[Steel slip-on flanges CL86, CL150, CL175]
62 = ’AWWA-C207 Cl.E, hub’
[Steel slip-on flanges CL275]
85 = ’Crosby’
86 = ’Consolidated’
87 = ’Lonergan’
88 = ’Top Line’
90 = ’Tube-Turn’
91 = ’Dow’
92 = ’Aloyco’
93 = ’Yarway’
94 = ’Teledyne Farris 1’
95 = ’R & G Sloane’
96 = ’American DI Pipe’
97 = ’Gladding McBean’ [Vitrified clay S-XS pipe and fittings]
98 = ’Taylor Forge’
99 = ’Vendor 4’
RTJ-face flanged..................ANSI-B16.5
Tongue/male-face flanged..........ANSI-B16.5
Groove/female-face flanged........ANSI-B16.5
614
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
API-590. For sizes and ratings for which API-590
does not apply, the bolt circle diameter from
ANSI-B16.1, B16.5, API-605 or MSS-SP-42, in that
order of precendence, less one bolt diameter less
1/8 inch will be used for parameter "P".
Flat-full-face thru-bolted........DOW
Female threaded
thread engagement per Table 2.4 of 2630-33
..................................Forged steel.For pressure ratings XXXX#s, per basis
defined in the applicable generic tables; for
pressure ratings CLXXXXs and OTXXXXs, per ANSI-B16.11
and ANSI-B16.5. In all cases, thread engagement
will be per Table 2.4 of 2630-33
descriptions in the applicable generic tables.
In all cases, thread engagement will be per
Table 2.4 of 2630-33
Female ferrule....................
Female hose.......................
Gasket............................Not applicable
Bolt..............................Not applicable
Nut...............................Not applicable
User defined......................None
615
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
British Standards
616
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
1 = [Blank]
F. Codelists
6 = ’PDS-1’ [See specific table for details]
7 = ’PDS-2’ [See specific table for details]
8 = ’PDS-3’ [See specific table for details]
10 = ’ID Duct’ [Nominal diameter based on inside diameter]
49 =
’AWWA-C110’ [Iron fittings]
50 =
’AWWA-C115’ [Iron pipe and fittings]
55 =
’AWWA-C151’ [Ductile iron pipe]
60 =
’AWWA-C207 Cl.B & D, ring’
[Steel slip-on flanges CL86, CL150, CL175]
61 = ’AWWA-C207 Cl.B & D, hub’
[Steel slip-on flanges CL86, CL150, CL175]
62 = ’AWWA-C207 Cl.E, hub’
[Steel slip-on flanges CL275]
85 = ’Crosby’
86 = ’Consolidated’
87 = ’Lonergan’
90 = ’Tube-Turn’
91 = ’Dow’
92 = ’Aloyco’
93 = ’Yarway’
94 = ’Teledyne Farris 1’
95 = ’R & G Sloane’
96 = ’American DI Pipe’
97 = ’Gladding McBean’ [Vitrified clay S-XS pipe and fittings]
98 = ’Taylor Forge’
99 = ’Vendor 4’
617
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
table are required in defining the component but the component ends
are other than male termination. The basis for this table suffix
will be as follows:
RTJ-face flanged..................ANSI-B16.5
Tongue/male-face flanged..........ANSI-B16.5
Groove/female-face flanged........ANSI-B16.5
Flat-full-face thru-bolted........DOW
Female threaded
thread engagement per Table 2.4 of 2630-33
..................................Forged steel.For pressure ratings XXXX#s, per basis
defined in the applicable generic tables; for
618
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
In all cases, thread engagement will be per
Table 2.4 of 2630-33
Female ferrule....................
Female hose.......................
Gasket............................Not applicable
Bolt..............................Not applicable
Nut...............................Not applicable
User defined......................None
619
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
British Standards
1 = [Blank]
620
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
135 = ’5’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F5/S5/K5/M5]
136 = ’6’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F6/M6]
137 = ’7’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F7/S7]
138 = ’8’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F8/S8/M8]
139 = ’9’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F9/S9/M9]
140 = ’10’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-S10/M10]
141 = ’11’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F11/M11]
142 = ’12’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-S12]
143 = ’13’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-S13]
144 = ’14’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-S14/M14]
145 = ’15’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F15/M15]
146 = ’16’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F16]
147 = ’17’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F17]
148 = ’18’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F18]
149 = ’19’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F19]
150 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
151 = ’21’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-V21]
152 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
153 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
154 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
155 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
156 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
157 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
158 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
159 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
160 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
161 = ’31’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-S31]
162 = ’32’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F32/M32]
163 = ’33’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F33/M33]
164 = ’34’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-F34]
165 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
166 = ’36’ [Acc. to DIN 3202-M36]
167 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
168 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
169 = ’-’ [Not existent under DIN 3202]
201 = [Blank]
621
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
622
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
365 = ’Reporting Requirements’
366 = ’Requirement to Reconstruct’
380 = ’Piping Component Type’
390 = ’Action’
400 = ’Commodity Option’
420 = ’Piping Component Data Source’
425 = ’Piping/Tubing Type/Source’
430 = ’Instrument Component Data Source’
499 = ’Piping Notes’
530 = ’Accessory / Item Type’
550 = ’Operator / Actuator Type’
570 = ’Design Standard’
572 = ’Wall Thickness Equation’
575 = ’Geometry Standard’
576 = ’Table Suffix / End Standard - Green’
577 = ’Table Suffix / End Standard - Red’
578 = ’Weight Code’
990 = ’Spec Writer Data Form Type’
999 = ’Standard Note Title’
1010 = ’Area Units’
1028 = ’Weight Units’
1056 = ’Temperature Units’
1064 = ’Pressure Units’
1074 = ’Density Units’
1100 = ’Weld Type’
1162 = ’Force Units’
1201 = ’Drawing Scale’
1202 = ’Drawing Size’
1203 = ’Interference Manager Approval Status’
1204 = ’Interference Clash Type’
1205 = ’Interference Manager Action’
1207 = ’Interference Manager Approval Method’
1208 = ’Clash Checking Option’
1209 = ’Clash Checking Volume Filter Option’
1310 = ’Report Source’
1312 = ’Report Type’
1410 = ’Design Review Type’
1605 = ’Model Status’
1610 = ’Force Units for FrameWorks Plus’
1620 = ’Drawing View Direction’
1630 = ’Drawing View Composition Status’
1710 = ’Document Type’
1720 = ’Document Sub-Type’
1900 = ’Isometric Drawing Type’
2000 = ’Orthographic Drawing Type’
623
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
624
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
No Unit Name Dest. Unit Factor A B
1 lb/ftˆ3 kg/mˆ3 1.601 846 E+01 0.0 1.0* E+00
3 lb/UKgal kg/mˆ3 9.977 633 E+01 0.0 6.228 834 E+00
5 lb/USgal kg/mˆ3 1.198 264 E+02 0.0 7.480 519 E+00
7 kip/ftˆ3 kg/mˆ3 1.601 846 E+04 0.0 1.0* E+03
9 lb/inˆ3 kg/mˆ3 2.767 990 E+04 0.0 1.728 000 E+03
11 USton/ftˆ3 kg/mˆ3 3.203 692 E+04 0.0 2.0* E+03
17 degAPI kg/mˆ3 Use API2564 Tbl -9999. -9999.
20 kg/mˆ3 kg/mˆ3 1 0.0 6.242 797 E-02
22 g/cmˆ3 kg/dmˆ3 1 0.0 6.242 797 E+01
24 kg/L kg/mˆ3 1.0* E+03 0.0 6.242 797 E+01
26 kg/dmˆ3 kg/mˆ3 1 E+03 0.0 6.242 797 E+01
35 [Blank] — — -9999. -9999.
1 = [Blank]
2 = ’Pipe connector’
11 = ’Shop weld’
21 = ’Field weld at assembly site’
22 = ’Field weld at job site’
23 = ’Field weld at job site for loose flange’
24 = ’Field fit weld at job site’
625
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
626
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
2 = ’Accepted by Graphical Review’
3 = ’Accepted from List’
1 = ’ MTO Report ’
2 = ’ Drawing Report ’
3 = ’ PID Report Header ’
11 = ’ Project Control Report ’
12 = ’ Clash Management Report ’
21 = ’ Piping Job Spec Report ’
22 = ’ Table Checker Report ’
627
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
1 = ’Client Review’
2 = ’Informal Review’
628
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
21 = ’Vessel RDB report’
22 = ’Vessel TDB report’
25 = ’Vessel TDB drawing’
629
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
630
________________ Appendix F: General Comments
F. Codelists
687 = ’Piping Segments Report | 62’
689 = ’Piping Components MTO Report | 62’
690 = ’Pipe Supports Report | 62’
692 = ’Instrument List | 62’
696 = ’Piping Release Report | 62’
699 = ’Other Piping Documents | 99’
631
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
632
________________ Glossary
Glossary
AA code An alphanumeric code used to identify a group of elements.
AABBCC code an alphanumeric code which represents a specific item type within a given
class. This value is also referred to as the Item Name.
Glossary
attribute A property or characteristic of an entity. A column in an entity table.
code list A set of acceptable values for a particular attribute (column) which can be
referred to by an index number or selected from a form. For example, the
code list set for the fluid code attribute allows you to select from a set of
standard entries (such as P for process or MMA for methyl alcohol).
code list sets Files which define the values for all codelists having universal applicability
within PDS.
code-listed attribute an attribute linked to a specific entry in a code list set. These attribute
values can be referenced by entering the associated code list number.
color table A file which contains the standard color settings to be used for a design file
or set of design files.
commodity code a user-defined code that provides an index to the material descriptions in the
Material Data Tables of the Specification/Material Database.
database table The part of the database that is made of rows and columns and contains
information about the project and design elements.
633
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
design database a database which contains the non-graphic design data for a project. Each
model represents a partition of the database.
Eden module the source code used to define and place parametric symbols in the model.
Eden modules are contained in the Graphic Commodity Library.
form An interface or screen menu designed with the I/FORMS product or with
the DM/DBA product. Because many of the screen menus in the
application software on CLIX workstations are built with I/FORMS, you
must have the FORMS_S product on your workstation. There is no such
requirement for Windows NT.
format file a file that determines the contents and format of a report. It defines all the
needed criteria for creating the actual report, including which database
attributes are reported.
full path name The name of the entire path or directory hierarchy to a file, including the file
name. See also relative path name.
Geometric industry a code-listed attribute which identifies the source of the data (industry
standard standard such as ANSI, ISO, or DIN, or company standard) from which the
specific geometry of a commodity item is deduced.
Graphic Commodity a data library which contains the parametric symbol definitions (Eden
Library modules) required to place piping and instrument components in a 3-D
model.
item name name used to access the Piping Job Specification. Refer to AABBCC code.
Label Description Library a library which defines the types of labels and the label formats used in PDS
3D.
Long Material Description a library which contains the long bill-of-material descriptions for all piping
Library commodities.
634
________________ Glossary
MC model code
model code name used to reference the parametric definition of a component. The
model code is also referred to as the new item name.
Glossary
network An interconnection of host computers and workstations that enables them to
share data and control. The term network can mean the devices that connect
the system, or it can mean the connected system.
neutral file an ASCII file which can be used to load data into a library, database, or
design file.
object library a compiled library which contains reference data which can be accessed by
the task. For example, the Material Description Library.
OC operator code
OT operator type
partition a subset of the database. Each model represents a partition of the database.
path name The sequence of directories leading to a file. See also full path name and
relative path name.
piping specialty a user-defined component. Specialty items can be defined in the Piping Job
Specification database or defined interactively while working in a model.
physical data table a table which contains the physical data such as dimensions, weights, and
surface area required for component placement, interference checking,
stress analysis, and MTO reporting. These tables can be stored in different
physical data libraries segregated by geometric industry standard (practice).
piping assembly a group of associated components that can be placed as a logical group
(such as a valve with mating flanges) using Piping Assembly Language
syntax.
635
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
Piping Assembly Library a library which contains the piping assembly definitions which define the
parameters necessary to place a piping assembly automatically in the model.
Piping Job Specification non-graphics data which provides selection criteria for piping commodity
items, engineered items, and instruments.
plant A group of facilities and equipment used to perform one or more material
processing functions within a given geographical area. One company may
have many plants located in many different geographical locations.
project A term used for the convenient grouping of either all or part of the facilities
and equipment that constitute a plant. At a given time, the items that
constitute the plant can be included in one or more projects.
project control database a database used to define all the information related to managing a project
including design area definitions, interference management data, and
revision management data.
Relational DataBase A database management system that uses SQL, the Structured Query
Management System Language, to implement and query data in relational tables.
RDBMS
Relational Interface A generic relational database interface that isolates the differences in
System specific vendors’ relational database management systems.
relative path name The sequence of directories leading from the current directory to a particular
file. See also path name and absolute path name.
row A unit of related information in a table. One collection of column values for
a table.
636
________________ Glossary
Short Material Description a library which contains the short bill-of-material descriptions for all piping
Library commodity items and the description addenda for taps.
Glossary
SN symbol name
source file the uncompiled version of a language file or other data table. Source files
are usually contained in text libraries. See also neutral file.
Spec Table Library a library which contains the Piping Job Specification tables and other
special tables which contain nonphysical data.
Specialty Material a library which contains the bill-of-material descriptions for engineered
Description Library items, instruments, and pipe supports.
standard note a set of acceptable responses defined in the Standard Note Library. See also
code-list.
Standard Note Library library which contains the text for code-listed attributes and standard notes.
All attributes identified as code-listed are stored in the database as integer
data.
task database Working database in which the actual engineering or design effort is
performed. A separate task database exists for each PDS task.
text library a library which contains a set of ASCII files. The PDS 3D software enables
you to extract source files from a text library.
type 63 element an element used to store active parameters and customization data in a
model or drawing. Most of the customization data defined with the Project
Data Manager is stored in a type 63 element.
637
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
unit A grouping of those parts of the schematic and individual worlds of a plant
that together perform a given process function.
638
________________ Index
Index
6P2C 82
6P3C 113 codelist (continued)
6P4C 146 1056 624
6P6C 174 1064 624
6Q1C 53 1074 625
6Q2C 82 1100 625
6Q3C 113 1162 625
6Q4C 146 1201 625
6Q6C 174 1202 626
7N2A 186 1203 626
7P1E 187 1204 626
7P2C 197 1205 626
7P3C 203 1207 627
1208 627
A 1209 627
AABBCC codes 47 125 540
abbreviations 48 1310 627
accessory/item type 600 1312 627
action 591 1410 628
Index
actuator type 600 148 569
actuators 230 160 577
approval status 539 1605 628
HVAC 539 1610 628
structural 539 1620 628
area units 623 1630 628
assemblies 244 1710 628
assembly notes 455 1720 629
180 577
B 190 577
bio-pharmaceutical symbols 394 1900 631
bolting 526 200 578
branch reinforcement 529 2000 632
210 578
C 220 579
calculations 230 579
ANSI-B31.1 and ANSI-B31.3 529 31 538
clash approval action 626 330 579
clash approval method 627 332 582
clash checking 340 584
volume filter option 627 35 539
clash checking option 627 36 539
clash type 626 360 584
cleaning requirements 579 365 584
coating requirements 577 366 584
codelist 37 539
1010 623 380 584
1028 624 390 591
639
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
640
________________ Index
Index
hold status 540 pipe 496
hose 494 pipe supports 483
HVAC approval status 539 piping 49
commodity data 47
I piping commodity data forms 622
instrument component type/source 598 piping commodity symbols 245
instrument symbols 353 piping component type 584
instruments 186, 479 piping component type/source 597
off-line 213 piping job specification
other 203 file descriptions 23
insulation purpose 579 piping materials class description 569
interference clash type 626 piping notes 598
interference manager action 626 piping specialties 174
interference manager approval method 627 piping specialty symbols 342
interference manager approval status 626 piping/tubing type 598
introduction 21 pressure units 624
reference data file descriptions 23
section descriptions 21 R
isometric drawing type 631 red connect point
end standard 616
L table suffix 616
labor codes 488 reference data file descriptions 23
design ddl 26
M item descriptions 25
mass units 624 model graphics 26
materials grade 544 non-database piping job specification 24
miscellaneous symbols 371 piping job specification 23
seed file definitions 26
641
________________
PDS Piping Component Data - April 2002
regulators 187 U
relief devices 197 underground fittings 510
report source 627 units
report type 627 area 623
reporting requirements 584 density 625
requirement to reconstruct 584 force 625
requirements FrameWorks Plus 628
reporting 584 mass 624
responsibility 577 pressure 624
temperature 624
S units of measure 535
safety classification 584
schedule/thickness override 582 V
section descriptions 21 valves 53, 512
seed file definitions 26 variables
signal lines 186 generic 42
socket fittings 502 specific 38
socketwelded fittings 506 used in symbols and tables 38
specialties 342
specialty components 174 W
standard note titles 622 wall thickness 529
status wall thickness equation 602
drawing view weight code 620
composition 628 weld type 625
model 628 welded fittings 519
steam specialties 465 wetted fittings 492
strainer specialties 475
stress analysis requirements 584
structural approval status 539
symbols 245
bio-pharmaceutical 394
details assumed 427
fire and safety 330
instrument 353
miscellaneous 371
notes 446
piping commodity 245
specialty 342
T
table suffix
green 613
red 616
temperature units 624
threaded fittings 508
tubing 49, 494
tubing fittings 503
typefaces 17
642
PDS Piping Component Data
Reference Guide Addendum
February 2003
DPDS3-PB-200022B
For PDS version 07.02.00.**
Table of Contents
6Q5P07, Reducing female adapter (in-line) (not-automatic)................................... 645
6Q5P78, 4 way diverter valve (in-line) (not-automatic).......................................... 646
CL1204, Clash Types............................................................................................... 647
644
6Q5P07, Reducing female adapter (in-line)
(not-automatic)
Note: The information in this section supersedes the information in the corresponding
section of previous versions of the Piping Component Data Reference Guide (p. 159 in
the PDS 7.1 version of the document).
The following information has been modified:
• Changed “MC=FAS” to “MC=FAR”
See the following text for details.
Reducing female adapter (MC=FAR) (ISK=ADMF)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT_(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT(R)_WC
645
PDS Piping Component Data Reference Guide Addendum – February 2003
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
646
CL1204, Clash Types
Note: The information in this section supersedes the information in the corresponding
section of previous versions of the Piping Component Data Reference Guide (p. 626 in
the PDS 7.1 version of the document).
The following information has been added:
New clash types
•
647
PDS Piping Component Data Reference Guide Addendum – February 2003
648
2104 = ' SoftAccess vs CT' ;
2106 = ' SoftAccess vs Insul' ;
2120 = ' SoftAccess vs SoftMain' ;
2121 = ' SoftAccess vs SoftAccess' ;
2122 = ' SoftAccess vs SoftSafety' ;
2123 = ' SoftAccess vs SoftOperat' ;
2202 = ' SoftSafety vs Soft' ;
2204 = ' SoftSafety vs CT' ;
2206 = ' SoftSafety vs Insul' ;
2220 = ' SoftSafety vs SoftMain' ;
2221 = ' SoftSafety vs SoftAccess' ;
2222 = ' SoftSafety vs SoftSafety' ;
2223 = ' SoftSafety vs SoftOperat' ;
2302 = ' SoftOperat vs Soft' ;
2304 = ' SoftOperat vs CT' ;
2306 = ' SoftOperat vs Insul' ;
2320 = ' SoftOperat vs SoftMain' ;
2321 = ' SoftOperat vs SoftAccess' ;
2322 = ' SoftOperat vs SoftSafety' ;
2323 = ' SoftOperat vs SoftOperat' ;
649